Mock Test Jee Main

ETOOS & MOTION
JEE-Main, 2016
SAMPLE PAPER 1
Duration :3 Hours
Max. Marks : 360
_______________________________________________________________________________
INSTRUCTIONS
In each part of the paper, Section-A contains 30 questions. Total number of pages are 32. Please ensure that the
Questions paper you have received contains ALL THE QUESTIONS in each section and PAGES.
SECTION - A
1.
Q.1 to Q.90 has four choices (A), (B), (C), (D) out of which only one is correct & carry 4 marks each. 1 mark will be
deducted for each wrong answer.
NOTE : GENERAL INSTRUCTION FOR FILLING THE OMR ARE GIVEN BELOW.
1.
Use only HB pencil or blue/black pen (avoid gel pen) for darkening the bubble.
2.
Indicate the correct answer for each question by filling appropriate bubble in your OMR answer sheet.
3.
The Answer sheet will be checked through computer hence, the answer of the question must be marked by shading the
circles against the question by dark HB pencil or blue/black pen.
4.
While filling the bubbles please be careful about SECTIONS [i.e. Section-A (include single correct)]
Booklet Test Code
1 0 0 1
0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
B
C
D
E
2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4
Batch
Roll Number
10+1
2 8 3 2 3
10+1
10+2
10+3
Crash
Paper
G
H
5 5 5 5
6 6 6 6
7 7 7 7
I
J
8 8 8 8
9 9 9 9 Paper 2
Name
1
Paper 1
0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4 4
5 5 5 5 5
6 6 6 6 6
7 7 7 7 7
8 8 8 8 8
For example if only 'A' choice is For example If Correct match

correct then, the correct method for (A) is P; for (B) is R, S; for
for filling the bubble is
(C) is Q; for (D) is Q, S, T then
A
B C D E
the correct method for filling
For example if only 'A & C' the bubble is
choices are correct then, the
P Q R S T
correct method for filling the
bubble is
A
B C D E
9 9 9 9 9
the wrong method for filling the

F I R S T N A M E M I D D bubble are
L E N A ME
Test Date
L A S T N A ME
D D MMY Y
The answer of the questions in

wrong or any other manner will
be treated as wrong.
www.etoosinida.com
Ensure that all columns are filled.

Answers, having blank column will be
treated as incorrect. Insert leading zero(s)
if required :
'6' should be
filled as 0006
'86' should be
filled as 0086
0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4
5 5 5 5
0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4
3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4
5 5 5 5
6 6 6 6
7 7 7 7
6 6 6 6
7 7 7 7
8 8 8 8
9 9 9 9
5 5 5 5
6 6 6 6
7 7 7 7
8 8 8 8
9 9 9 9
8 8 8 8
9 9 9 9
www.motioniitjee.com
SAMPLE PAPER - 1 (JEE-Main)
Page # 2
PART - I [MATHS]
SECTION - A
SECTION - A
[ oLrqfu"Bizdkjdsiz'u]
[STRAIGHT OBJECTIVE TYPE]
iz-.1 lsiz-.30 rd pkj fodYi (A), (B), (C), (D) fn;s gS

ftuesa^^dsoy,d^^lghgSA
Q.1 to Q.30 has four choices (A), (B), (C), (D) out
of which ONLY ONE is correct
1.
If [x]2 + [x 2] < 0 and {x} =
1
, then the
2
1.
(A) 4
(C) 2
Which one of the following best represent
the graph of
y =
x x2
2
x x
1
gks, rks x
2
dslaHkoekuksadhla[;kgS
[fVIi.kh: [x]rFkk {x}e'k% x ds egke iw.kkd Qyu
rFkkfHkUukRedHkkx Qyu dks fu:firdjrsgSA]
number of possible values of x, is

[Note : [x] and {x} denote greatest integer
less than or equal to x and fractional part
of x respectively.]
(A) 4
(B) 3
(C) 2
(D) 1
2.
;fn [x]2 + [x 2] < 0 rFkk {x} =
2.
(B) 3
(D) 1
fuEuesalsdkSulk y =
x x2
x2 x
dsvkjs[kdksmi;qDr
rjhds lsfu:fir djrk gS \
y
y=1
y
y=1
(A)
(A)
O(0, 0)
x=1
O(0, 0)
x=1
y
y
(0, 0)O
(B)
(0, 0)O
x=1
(B)
y = 1
(SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK)
www.etoosinida.com
x=1
x
y = 1
Page # 3
(C)
y = 1
O(0, 0)
x=1
y=1
(D)
y=1
(C)
y = 1
y = 1
O(0, 0)
x=1
O(0, 0)
(D)
4.
O(0, 0)
(A)
1
2
(B) 0
(C)
(D)
has a
3.
The value of x satisfying the equation
log 2 x
log 4 x
log 8 x
4.
(C) 3
(A)
1
2
(B) 0
(C)
(D)
lehdj.k
log x
log 2 x
log 4 x
dkslUrq"Vdjus okys x dkekucjkcjgS

(B)
(D)
;fn lehdj.k sin 2 + cos 2 = p dk ,d gy gks,

rksfuEuesalsdkSulkpdkekuughagksldrkgS
...=3
is equal to
(A)
x=1
y = 1
If the equation sin 2 + cos 2 = p

solution then p cannot be
log x
y = 1
y=1
y = 1
3.
x=1
y=1
y=1
y=1
(A)
1
3
(C) 3
www.etoosinida.com
(B)
(D)
1
3
log 8 x
...=3

5.
Page # 4
If cos2 x (c 1) cos x + 2c 6 for every
5.
cos2 x (c 1) cos x + 2c 6
x R, then the true set of values of c is
6.
7.
(A) [2, )
(B) [4, )
(C) (, 2]
(D) (, 4]
If , be the roots of 4x2 17x + = 0,
;fn izR;sd xR ds fy,

gks, rks c ds
ekuksadklghleqPp;gS
(A) [2, )
(C) (, 2]
6.
(B) [4, )
(D) (, 4]
;fn , lehdj.k 4x2 17x + = 0, R ds
R such that 1 < < 2 and 2 < < 3,
ewy bl izdkj gaS fd 1< <2 rFkk 2< <3gSa,rks
then the number of integral values of is
dsiw.kkdekuksadhla[;kgS
(A) 1
(B) 2
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 4
(C) 3
(D) 4
If the cubic equation x3 + 2x2 4x + 5 = 0

has roots
,
3
7.
;fn ?kuh; lehdj.k x3 + 2x2 4x + 5 = 0 ds ewy
and , then the value of

3
5 5 5
13
, ,oa
gks, rks
5 3 5 3 5
13
dk
is equal to
ekugS
8.
(A) 13
(B) 9
(A) 13
(B) 9
(C) 8
(D) 5
(C) 8
(D) 5
Let f (x) = ax2 + bx + c, where a, b, c R
8.
ekuk f (x) = ax2 + bx + c, tgk a, b, c R
and a 0. If a2 + c2 b2 + 2ac < 0 then
rFkk a 0 gSaA ;fn a2 + c2 b2 + 2ac < 0 gks,
the equation f (x) = 0 has
rks lehdj.k f (x) = 0 ds
(A) roots real and equal
(A)ewyokLrfod,oacjkcjgSa
(B) non-real roots
(B)ewyokLrfodughagSa
(C) both roots greater than unity
(C)nksuksaewybdkbZlscM+sgS
(D) roots real and unequal
(D)ewyokLrfodgSijUrqcjkcjughagS
www.etoosinida.com
Page # 5
9.
The graph of y = f (x) is shown in figure

y
9.
fuEu esa ls dkSulk y = f(| x|) ds vkjs[k dk lcls

lghfu:i.kgSA
y
x
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(C)
(B)
Which of the following best represent the

graph of y = f ( | x|) ?
(A)
y=f(x) dk vkjs[k n'kkZ;k x;k gS

y
(D)
www.etoosinida.com

10.
11.
Page # 6
A cubic polynomial P(x) is such that

P(1) = 1, P(2) = 2, P(3) = 3 and P(4) = 5,
then P(6) is equal to
(A) 7
(B) 10
(C) 13
(D) 16
10.
If f : R R is defined as
11.
(A) 7
(C) 13
x 2 kx 3 for x 0
f (x) =
12.
2kx 3
,d ?kuh; cgqin P(x) bl izdkj gS fd

P(1) = 1, P(2) = 2, P(3) = 3 rFkk P(4) = 5 gS,
rks P(6) dk eku gS
;fnf:RRifjHkkf"kr gS
f (x) =
for x 0
(B) 10
(D) 16
x2 kx 3 x 0 d sfy ,
2kx 3
x 0 d sfy ,
If f (x) is injective then 'k' can be equal to
;fn f (x) ,dSdh gS rc'k' cjkcj gksxkA
(A) 0
(B) 1
(A) 0
(B) 1
(C) 2
(D) 3
(C) 2
(D) 3
Let xi (i = 1, 2 ..... n) be the roots of the
12.
equation xn + 3xn1 + 5xn2 + .... + 2n+1 = 0
ekuk xi (i = 1, 2 ..... n) lehdj.k xn + 3xn1 +

5xn2 + .... + 2n+1 = 0 ds
ewy gS rFkkf (x)= ax2

+ bx + c = 0 (a, b, c R rFkk a 0) ds ewy + i
and f (x) = ax2 + bx + c = 0 (a, b, c R & a 0)

possess + i as a root ( R and 0),
gS ( R rFkk 0) rc f ( x i ) gksxkA
then
f ( x i ) is
i 1
i 1
(A)ges'kk _.kkRed ;fnnfo"ke gS

(A) always negative if n is odd
(B)ges'kk/kukRed;fnnfo"kegS
(B) always positive if n is odd
13.
(C) may be positive or negative if n is odd
(C)/kukRedrFkk_.kkRed gksxk;fnnfo"kegS
(D) may be negative or positive if n is even
(D) /kukRed rFkk _.kkRed gksxk ;fnnle gS

13.
Suppose f(x) = x2 2x. The value of
f f (2i 1) is equal to (where i =
1 )
ekuk f(x) = x2 2x, f f (2i 1) dk eku cjkcj

gksxk(tgki= 1 )
(A) 15
(B) 5i + 5
(A) 15
(B) 5i + 5
(C) 35
(D) 15i 10
(C) 35
(D) 15i 10
www.etoosinida.com
Page # 7
14.
Let a, b, c be real numbers with a > 0 such

that the quadratic equation
ax2 + bcx + b3 + c3 4abc = 0
has non real roots let P(x) = ax2 + bx + c
and Q(x) = ax2 + cx + b which one of the
following is true
14.
ekuka, b, c okLrfod l[;ka, rFkka > 0 bl izdkj

f}?kkr lehdj.k ax2 + bcx + b3 + c3 4abc = 0
vokLrfod ewy j[krk gS ekukP(x) = ax2 + bx + c
rFkkQ(x) = ax2 + cx + b rc fuEu esa ls ,d lR;
gksxkA
(A) P(x) > 0 x R rFkk Q(x) < 0 x R
(B) P(x) < 0 x R rFkk Q(x) > 0 x R
(C) u rks P(x)> 0 xRvkSj u gh Q(x) >0 x R
(D)Bhd ,dP(x)rFkkQ(x) /kukRed gksxk xR
15.
|n|x|| = |k 1| 3, 4 fHkUu
(A) P(x) > 0 x R and Q(x) < 0 x R

(B) P(x) < 0 x R and Q(x) > 0 x R
(C) neither P(x) > 0 x R nor Q(x) > 0 x R
(D) exactly one of P(x) or Q(x) is positive
xR
15.
16.
|n|x|| = |k 1| 3 have 4 distinct roots

then k satisfies (where |x| < e2, x 0)
(A) (4, 2) (4, 6)
(B) (4, 3) (5, 7)
(C) (3, 1) (2, 6)
(D) None of these
If
3x
1
x
is true for exhaustive
lUrq"V djrk gS(tgk |x| < e2, x 0)

(A) (4, 2) (4, 6)
(B) (4, 3) (5, 7)
(C) (3, 1) (2, 6)
(D)blesalsdksbZugha
16.
domain of 'f', then domain of f(x) is
(A) 3, 3
(C) 0, 3
17.
(C) 0,
(A) 3, 3
Let P(x) be a polynomial with degree 2009

and leading co-efficient unity such that
P(0) = 2008, P(1) = 2007, P(2) = 2006, ....
P(2008) = 0 and the value of
;fn f 3 x =
1
x
, 'f',ds izkUr ds fy, lR; gS] rc
f(x)dkizkUrgksxkA
(B) 0, 3
(D) 0, 3
17.
(B) 0, 3
(D) 0, 3
ekukP(x) ,d cgqin gS ftldh ?kkr2009 rFkk egke

xq.kkad,dbdkbZblizdkj
P(0) = 2008, P(1) = 2007, P(2) = 2006, ....
P(2008) = 0 rFkkP(2009) = ( n) a dk eku] tgk
P(2009) = ( n ) a where n and a are natural
n rFkk a izkd`r l[;ka gS rc (n+a)dk eku gksxkA

(A) 2008
(B) 2009
(C) 2010
(D) 2011
number than value of (n + a) is

(A) 2008
(B) 2009
(C) 2010
(D) 2011
www.etoosinida.com
ewy j[krk gS rck

18.
The range of the function
18.
4 x 2 x 2 1 is
f(x) =
19.
Page # 8
(A)
3, 7
(C)
2, 3
3, 5
(D) 3 , 6
x : x
19.
2 or x 3
x : x 2 or x 3
Suppose, f (x, n) =
log x x , then the
If and be the roots of the equation

x2 + 3x + 1 = 0 then the value of
20.
(D)
3, 6
2, 3
ekuk x rFkky okLrfod la[;k lehdj.k4y2 + 4xy +

x +6=0 dk lUrq"V djrh gSxds eku ds fy, lEiw.kZ
leqPp;gksxkA
; k x 3
; k x 3
n
k
ekuk f (x, n) = log x , rc x dk eku lehdj.k
x
k 1
f (x, 10) = f (x, 11), dks lUrq"V djrs gS &
21.
(A) 9
(B) 10
(C) 11
(D)buesalsdksbZughaA
;fn rFkk lehdj.k x2 + 3x + 1 =0 ds ewy gS rc

2

dk eku Kkr djks &
1 1

is equal to
1 1
(A) 15
(C) 21
(C)
(D) x : x 2
value of x satisfying the equation

f (x, 10) = f (x, 11), is
(A) 9
(B) 10
(C) 11
(D) none of these
3, 5
(B) x : x 2
k 1
21.
(B)
(C) {x : 2 x 2}
20.
3, 7
(A) {x : 2 x 3}
(C) {x : 2 x 2}
(D)
(A)
(B)
Let x and y be real numbers satisfying

the equation 4y2 + 4xy + x + 6 = 0. The
complete set of values for x, is
(A) {x : 2 x 3}
(B)
Qyu f(x) = 4 x 2 x 2 1 dk ifjlj gksxkA
(B) 18
(D) none of these
(A) 15
(B) 18
(C) 21
(D)bueslsdksbZughaA
www.etoosinida.com
Page # 9
22.
Let f (x) =
h(x) =
2
; g (x) = cos x and
x 1
22.
x 3 t hen the ran ge of t he
ekuk f (x) =
h(x) =
2
; g (x) = cos x rFkk
x 1
x 3 rc la;qDr Qyu fogoh dk ifjlj
gksxk&
composite function fogoh, is

(A) R+
(B) R {0}
(C) [1, )
(D) R+ {1}
(A) R+
(C) [1, )
(B) R {0}
(D) R+ {1}
23.
Consider the functions

f: X Y
and
g : YZ
then which of the following is/are incorrect?
(A) If f and g both are injective then gof :
X Z is injective
(B) If f and g both are surjective then gof
: X Z is surjective
(C) If gof : X Z is bijective then f is
injective and g is surjective.
(D) none of these
23.
ekuk Qyu f : X Y rFkk

g : YZ
rcfuEuesalsdkSulkvlR;gksxk?
(A) ;fn f rFkk g nksuks ,dSdh gS rcgof : X Z
,dSdhgSA
(B) ;fn f rFkkg nksuks vkPNknd rcgof : X Z
vkPNkndgSA
(C) ;fn gof : X Z ,dSdh vkPNknd rc f ,dSdh
rFkkgvkPNkndgSA
24.
If and are the roots of the equation

ax2 + bx + c = 0 then the sum of the roots of
the equation
a2x2 + (b2 2ac)x + b2 4ac = 0 in terms of
and is given by
(A) (2 2)
(B) ( + )2 2
(C) 2 + 2 4 (D) (2 + 2)
24.
;fn rFkk lehdj.k ax2 + bx + c =0 ds ewy gS rc
The quadratic equation

x2 1088x + 295680 = 0 has two positive
integral roots whose greatest common divisor
is 16. The least common multiple of the two
roots is
(A) 18240
(B) 18480
(C) 18960
(D) 19240
25.
25.
a2x2 + (b2 2ac)x + b2 4ac = 0 ds
;ksxfn;sx;srFkkdsinksaesagksxk&
(A) (2 2)
(B) ( + )2 2
(C) 2 + 2 4
(D) (2 + 2)
f}?kkr lehdj.k x2 1088x + 295680 = 0 nks

kukRediw.kkZafd;ewyj[krkgSAftldkegkemHk;fu"B
Hkktd16gSArcnksuksaewyksadky-l-e-gksxk&
(A) 18240
(B) 18480
(C) 18960
(D) 19240
www.etoosinida.com
ewyksa dk

26.
Page # 10
The solution set for [x] {x} = 1

where {x} and [x] are fractional part &
integral part of x, is
(A) R+ (0, 1)
(B) R+ {1}
26.
tgk{x}rFkk[x],xdkfHkUukRedrFkkiw.kkZadh;HkkxgS&
(A) R+ (0, 1)
(B) R+ {1}
/ m I {0}
(C) m
m
(D)
27.
28.
m / m N {1}
m
27.
The set of values of 'a' for which the

inequality, (x 3a) (x a 3) < 0 is satisfied
for all x [1, 3] is:
(A) (1/3, 3)
(B) (0, 1/3)
(C) ( 2, 0)
(D) ( 2, 3)
If f (x) = px + q and
30.
(C)
m / m I {0}
m
(D)
m / m N {1}
m
leqPp; 'a'ds ekuksa ds fy, vlfedk

(x 3a) (x a 3) < 0 lHkh x [1, 3] ds fy,
lUrq"VdjrhgS&
(A) (1/3, 3)
(C) ( 2, 0)
f f f ( x ) = 8x + 21, 28.
where p and q are real numbers, then p + q

equals
(A) 3
(B) 5
(C) 7
(D) 11
29.
[x] {x} = 1 ds fy, leqPp; dk gy
;fn f (x) = px + q rFkk f f f ( x ) = 8x + 21,

tgk p rFkkq okLrofd la[;k,sa gS] rc p + qcjkcj
gksxk&
(A) 3
(C) 7
If x be the real number such that

x3 + 4x = 8, then the value of the expression
x7 + 64x2 is
(A) 124
(B) 125
(C) 128
(D) 132
29.
Given f (x) is a polynomial function of x,

satisfying f(x). f(y) = f(x) + f(y) + f(xy) 2
and that f (2) = 5. Then f (3) is equal to
(A) 10
(B) 24
(C) 15
(D) None of these
30.
(B) 5
(D) 11
;fn x okLrfod la[;k bl izdkj gS

x3 + 4x = 8, rc O;atd x7 + 64x2 dk eku gksxk &
(A) 124
(B) 125
(C) 128
(D) 132
fn;kf(x), Qyu x dk ,d cgqin gS,

f(x). f(y) = f(x) + f(y) + f(xy) 2 dks
lUrq"V
djrk gS rFkk f(2)=5rc f(3)cjkcj gksxk &
(A) 10
(C) 15
www.etoosinida.com
(B) (0, 1/3)

(D) ( 2, 3)
(B) 24
Page # 11
PART - II [PHYSICS]
SECTION - A
SECTION - A

1.
1.
,dlh/khjs[kkesa,dd.kfojkelsvkjEHkgksrkgS]
Starting from rest a particle moves in a
ftldkRoj.k
straight line with acceleration
1/2
a 25 t
1/2
m/s
a 25 t2
for 0 t 5s
a
a
3
m / s2 for t>5s
8
3
m / s2 , t>5s
8
t = 7s ij d.k dk osx gksxk :
The velocity of particle at t = 7s is:
(A) 11 m/s
(B) 22 m/s
(A) 11 m/s
(B) 22 m/s
(C) 33 m/s
(D) 44 m/s
(C) 33 m/s
(D) 44 m/s
2.
2.
m/s2 , 0 t 5s
d.k Aurry ds vuqfn'k osx uls fcUnqPls rFkk mlh
The particle A is projected from point P with

velocity u along the plane and simultaneously
le;nwljkd.kBm/okZ/kjls''dks.kijvosxlsiz{ksfir
another particle B with velocity v at an angle
fd;k x;k gSA d.k ry ij fcUnq Qij Vdjkrs gSA rc &
'' with vertical. The particles collide at point

Q on the plane. Then :
B
P
B
P
Q
(A) v sin = u cos

(B) v cos ( ) = u
(C) v = u
(D) v tan ( ) = u
(A) v sin = u cos

(B) v cos ( ) = u
(C) v = u
(D) v tan ( ) = u
www.etoosinida.com
Page # 12
6.
Pushing force making an angle to the

horizontal is applied on a block of weight W
placed on a horizontal table. If the angle of
friction is , the magnitude of force required
to move the body is equal to :
(A) W cos /cos ()
(B) W sin /cos (+)
(C) W tan /sin ()
(D) W sin /g tan ()
6.
A 40 kg slab rests on a frictionless floor. A 10

kg block rests on top of the slab. The static
coefficient of static friction between the block
and the slab is 0.60 while the kinetic coefficient is 0.40. The 10 kg block is acted upon
by a horizontal force of 100 N. If g=9.8 m/s2|
the resulting acceleration of the slab wil be :
(A) 0.98m/s2
(B) 1.47 m/s2
2
(C) 1.52 m/s
(D) 6.1 m/s2
7.
8.
In a cricket match the fielder draws his hands

backward after receiving the ball in order to
take a catch because :
(A) His hands will be saved from getting hurt
(B) He deceives the player
(C) It is a fashion
(D) He catches the ball firmly
8.
fdsVeSpesafQYMjdSpysrsle;xsanizkIrdjusdsckn
viusgkFkksadksihNsdhvksj[khaprkgSa]D;ksa\
(A)mldsgkFkksadkspksVyxuslscpkusdsfy,
(B)ogf[kykM+hdk /;ku gVkusds fy,A
(C) ;g ,d QS'ku gSA
(D)xsandksetcwrhlsidM+usdsfy,A
9.
A block of mass 20 kg is suspended through

two light spring balances as
shown in Figure then :
(A) Both the scales show
10 kg reading
(B) Both the scales show
20 kg reading
(C) The upper scale will read
20 kg while the lower zero
(D) Their readings are in
between 0 and 20 kg with their
sum equal to 20 kg
20 kg
9.
O;eku20kgdk,dxqVdkfp=kkuqlkj
nksgYdhfLiazxrqykvkssalsyVdkgS rc
(A)nksuksaiSekus10kgikB~;kadcrkrs
g
SA
(B)nksuksiSekus20kgikB~;kad
crkrsgSA
(C) mijh Ldsy 20kg ikB~;kad tcfd
fupyk'kwU;
(D) budk ikB~;kad 0 rFkk20 kg ds
chp] ftudk ;ksx 20kgds cjkcjA
7.
{kSfrtlsdks.kcukrsgq,,d/kdsyusokykcy]{kSfrtest
ijfLFkrWHkkjdsxqVdsijyxk;ktkrkgSA;fn?k"kZ.k
dks.kgS] oLrq dks xfr djkus ds fy, vko';d cy dk
ifjek.kcjkcjgS&
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
W
W
W
W
cos /cos ()
sin /cos (+)
tan /sin ()
sin /g tan ()
,d 40kgdhifV;k,d ?k"kZ.kghuQ'kZij fojke ijgSA

,d 10kgdk xqVdk ifV;k ds ij fojke ij gSA xqVdk
oifV;kdschpfLFkfrt?k"kZ.kxq.kkad0.60tcfdxfrt
xq.kkad 0.40gSA10kgdsxqVds ij100Ndk,d{kSfrt
cy yxk;k tkrk gSA ;fng=9.8 m/s2|ifV;k dk Roj.k
gksxk&
(A) 0.98m/s2
(C) 1.52 m/s2
www.etoosinida.com
(B) 1.47 m/s2

(D) 6.1 m/s2
20 kg
Page # 13
14.
Two blocks of equal mass 2 kg are placed on

a rough horizontal surface as shown and a
force F is applied on the upper block. The
system is initially at rest. Find acceleration
of the lower block in m/s2. (g = 10 m/s2)
(A) 3 m/s2
(C) zero
14.
(A) 3 m/s2
(C) zero
(B) 5 m/s2
(D) none of these
15.
A physics text book of mass m rests flat on a

horizontal table of mass M placed on the
ground. Let N a-b be th e contact force
exerted by body a on body b. According to
Newtons 3rd Law, which of the following is
an action-reaction pair of forces?
(A) mg and Ntablebook
(B) (m+M)g and Ntablebook
(C) Ngroundtable and Mg + N booktable
(D) Ngroundtable and Ntableground
16.
A side view of a simplified form of vertical

latch B is as shown. The lower member A
can be pushed forward in its horizontal channel. The sides of the channels are smooth,
but at the interfaces of A and B, which are
at 45 with the horizontal, there exists a
static coefficient of friction = 0.4. What is
the minimum force F (in N) that must be ap
plied horizontally to A
to start motion of the
latch B upwards if it
has a mass m = 0.6 kg?
B
(A) 10 N
(B) 0
(C) 14 N
F
A
(D) 22 N
lekuO;eku2kgdsnksxqVdsfp=kkuqlkj ,d[kqjnjh
{kSfrt lrg ij fLFkr gSA rFkk ,d cy Fijh xqVds ij
vkjksfirgSAfudk;izkjEHkesafojkeijgSAfupysxqVdsdk
Roj.k m/s2 esa Kkr dhft, & (g = 10 m/s2)
(B) 5 m/s2
15.
/kjkry ij fLFkr O;ekuMdh,d {kSfrtestijO;eku

m dh ,d HkkSfrd foKku dh fdrkc fLFkr gSA ekuk Na-b
oLrq bij oLrqads }kjkdk;Zjr lEidZ cygSA U;wVu
ds3rdfu;edsvuqlkj]fuEuesalsdkSulkcyksadkf;k
izf;k;qXegS?
(A) mg rFkk Ntablebook
(B) (m+M)g rFkk Ntablebook
(C) Ngroundtable rFkk Mg + N booktable
(D) Ngroundtable rFkk Ntableground
16.
;gm/okZ/kjdqa<hB dklkbMn`';gSAfupykHkkxAblds
{kSfrtpSuyesavkxs/kdsyktkldrkgSApSuyksadhlkbM
fpduh gSA fcUnq Ao Bds vUrQyd] tks {kSfrt ls 45
ijgS];gkLFkSfrt?k"kZ.kxq.kkad=0.4fo|ekugSA
U;wure{kSfrtcy F(Nesa)tksfdAijvkjksfirgSrFkk
ysp Bdks mij dh vksj xfr djkuk vkjEHk dj ldrk gS]
fdruk gksxk] ;fn B dk O;eku m= 0.6kg gS?
(A) 10 N
(C) 14 N
www.etoosinida.com
(B) 0
(D) 22 N
Page # 14
The displacement of
y
a article as a function
of time is shown in
Figure. The figure 20
indicates that :
(A) The particle starts 10
t in sec.
with a certain velocity
but the mot ion is
o 10 20 30 40 50
retarded and finally the
particle stops
(B) The velocity of the particle is constant
throughout
(C) The acceleration of the particle is
constant.
(D) The particle starts with a constant
velocity, the motion is accelerated and
finally the particle moves with another
constant velocity.
21.
22.
23.
,d d.k dk foLFkkiu le; ds

y
bafxrdjrkgSfd
20
(A) d.k fdlh osx ls
10
t in sec.
vkjEHkgksrkgSfdUrqxfreafnr
o 10 20 30 40 50
gSrFkkvUresad.k:drkgSA
(B) d.k dk osx fu;r gSA
(C) d.k dk Roj.k fu;r gSA
(D)d.kfu;rosxlsvkjEHkgksrkgS]xfrRofjrgSrFkk
vUr esa d.k vU; fu;r osx ls xfr djrk gSA
The graph between the displacement x and

time t for a particle
D
moving in a straight line
S
is sho wn in t he
diagram. During the
C
intervals OA, AB, BC
A
B
and
CD
the
acceleration of the
t
o
particle is :
OA
AB
BC
CD
(A)
+
0
+
+
(B)
0
+
0
(C)
+
0
+
(D)
22.
Two bullets are fired simultaneously from the

same point parallel to an inclined plane. The
bullets have different masses and different
initial velocities. Which will strike the plane
first ?
(A) The fastest one
(B) The heaviest one
(C) The lightest one
(D) They strike the plane at the same time
23.
ds fy, foLFkkiu xo le; t ds

chpxzkQfp=kkuqlkjgSA
lek;kUrjky OA, AB, BC oCD
dsnkSjkud.k dkRoj.kgksxk&
,dlh/khjs[kkesaxfr'khy,dd.k
S
C
A
B
t
(A)
OA
+
AB
0
BC
+
CD
+
(B)
(C)
0
0
0
+
(D)
nks xksyh ,d leku fcUnq ls urry ds lekUrj ,d lkFk

NksM+htkrhgSAxksyh;ksadkO;ekufHkUu&fHkUugSrFkk
izkjfEHkdosxfHkUu&fHkUugSA/kjkryijigysdkSuVdjk;sxk\
(A) rst okyk
(B)Hkkjhokyk
(C) gYdk okyk
(D) ;s leku le; ij ry ls Vdjkrs gSA
www.etoosinida.com
s in m
Qyuesafp=kkuqlkjgSAfp=k
s in m
21.
Page # 15
27.
28.
29.
30.
A particle moves on a rough horizontal ground

with some initial velocity say v0. If 3/4th of
its kinetic energy is lost in friction in time t0.
Then coefficient of friction between the
particle and the ground isv0
v0
(A) 2gt
(B) 4gt
0
0
3v 0
v0
(C) 4gt
(D) gt
0
0
27.
A parabolic bowl with its bottom at origin

has the shape y = x2/20. Here x and y are in
metres, the maximum height at which a small
mass m can be placed
y
on the bowl without
slipping (coefficient of
static friction is 0.5) is(A) 2.5 m
(B) 1.25 m
x
(C) 1.0 m
(D) 4.0 m
28.
For the arrangement shown in figure the coefficient of friction between the two blocks
is . If both the block are identical, then the
acceleration of each block isF
(A)
2g
2m
m
F
F
m
(B)
2m
F
(C)
g
(D) zero
2m
A particle moving in a straight line has velocity
and displacement equation as
29.
,dd.k,d[kqjnjh{kSfrt/kjkryijdqNizkjfEHkdosxv0
ls xfr djrk gSA ;fn bldh xfrt tkZ dk 3/4th le;
t0esa?k"kZ.kesa[kpZgksrkgSArcd.ko/kjkrydschp?k"kZ.k
xq.kkadgksxk&
v0
(A) 2gt
0
3v 0
(C) 4gt
0
v0
(B) 4gt
0
v0
(D) gt
0
,d ijoy; dVksjk ftldk iasnk ewyfcUnq ij gSA ftldh

vkd`fry=x2/20;gkaxoyehVjesagSAvf/kdrepkbZ
ftl ij ,d NksVk O;eku m
y
fcukfQlysdVksjsijjgldsA
(LFkSfrd?k"kZ.kxq.kkad0.5gS)
gksxh(A) 2.5 m
(B) 1.25 m
(C) 1.0 m
(D) 4.0 m
fp=kesaiznf'kZrO;oLFkkdsfy,nksxqVdksadschp?k"kZ.k
xq.kkadgSA;fnnksuksa,dlekugS]rcizR;sdxqVdsdk
Roj.kgksxkF
2g
2m
F
(B)
2m
F
(C)
g
2m
30.
(D)'kwU;
,dd.klh/khjs[kkesaxfr'khydkosxofoLFkkiulehdj.k
v 4 1 s ,
v 4 1 s ,
where v is in m/s and s is in m. The initial
velocity of the particle is :
(A) 4 m/s
(B) 16 m/s
(C) 2 m/s
(D) zero
ds vuqlkj gS] tgk vm/s rFkk s m esa gSA d.k dk

izkjfEHkdosxgksxk&:
(A) 4 m/s
(C) 2 m/s
www.etoosinida.com
(A)
(B) 16 m/s
(D)'kwU;
Page # 16
PART - III [CHEMISTRY]

Use Data : 1H1, 2He4, 3Li7, 4Be9, 5B 10, 6C12, 7N14, 8O16, 9F19, 11Na23, 12Mg 24,
S32, 15P31, 17Cl35.5, 19K 39, 20Ca 40, 26Fe 56, 29Cu63.5, 30Zn65, 24Cr 52, 23V51
16
SECTION - A
SECTION - A
1.
The rate constant of a reaction depends on
(A) Temperature
(B) Initial concentrations of the reactants
(C) Extent of reaction
(D) All of these
2.
3.

1.
The C Cl bond energy of the following

compound in decreasing order.
(a) CH3CH2Cl (b) CH2 = CH Cl
(c) CH C Cl
(d) Ph Cl
(A) a < b < d < c
(B) a > b > d > c
(C) c > d > b > a
(D) a > b > c > d
2.
In the following reaction,

BrO3(aq) + 5Br(aq) + 6H+ (aq)
3Br2() + 3H2O(aq)
Select correct relation
3.
(A)
,d vfHkf;k dk nj fu;rkad fdl ij fuHkZj djrk gS \

(A) rkieku
(B)f;kdkjdksadhizkjfEHkdlkanzrk
(C)vfHkf;kdkizlkj
(D)mijksDrlHkh
fuEufyf[kr ;kSfxd esaCClcU/k tkZ dk ?kVrk e
gksxkA
(a) CH3CH2Cl (b) CH2 = CH Cl
(c) CH C Cl
(d) Ph Cl
(A) a < b < d < c
(B) a > b > d > c
(C) c > d > b > a
(D) a > b > c > d
fuEuvfHkf;kesa
BrO3(aq) + 5Br(aq) + 6H+ (aq)
3Br2() + 3H2O(aq)
lghlEcU/kdkp;udjsa
d[BrO ] d[Br2 ]
dt
dt
(B) 1
3
(A)
d[BrO3 ] d[Br2 ]
dt
dt
d[BrO3 ] d[Br2 ]
dt
dt
(B) 1
3
d[BrO3 ] 1 d[Br2 ]
dt
3 dt
(D) None of these
(C)
(C)
d[BrO3 ] d[Br2 ]
dt
dt
d[BrO3 ] 1 d[Br2 ]
dt
3 dt
(D)buesalsdksbZugh
www.etoosinida.com
Al27,
13
Page # 17
4.
The reactivity order of following compounds

with AgNO3.
CH2Br
Br
4.
(b) Ph CH CH3
(a)
The reactivity order of following compounds

with AgNO3.
CH2Br
Br
CH2Br
5.
CH2Br
(c)
(d) (CH3)3CBr
(c)
(d) (CH3)3CBr
Cl
(A) a > b > c > d
(C) b > c > d > a
(B) b > d > a > c

(D) b > a > d > c
Cl
(A) a > b > c > d
(C) b > c > d > a
(B) b > d > a > c

(D) b > a > d > c
Select the correct statement

(I) OH > NH2 > Cl , I effect
5.
(A) I, II & III (B) II & III

(C) II only
(D) I & III
For the reaction, 2N2O5 4NO2 + O2, the
rate equation can be expressed in two ways
6.
d[N2O5]
d[NO2 ]
= k [N2O5] and +
= k[N2O5]
dt
dt
k and k are related as :
(A) 2k = k
(B) k = 2k
(C) k = 4k
(D) k = k
If 3A 2B, then the rate
(A)
(C)
(B)
2 d(A)
3 dt
(D)
d[N2O5]
=k[N2O5]rFkk
dt
d[NO2 ]
= k[N2O5]
dt
krFkkk fuEuizdkjlEcfU/krgS:
(A) 2k = k
(B) k = 2k
(C) k = 4k
(D) k = k
+
d(B)
is equal to:
dt
2d(A)
dt
vfHkf;k, 2N2O5 4NO2 + O2 ds fy, nj

lehdj.k dks nks inks
7.
lgh dFku dk p;u fdft,s

(II) NH2 > OH > Cl , + M effect
(III) Cl > OH > OR > NH2 I effect
(A) I, II & III (B) II & III
(C) II only
(D) I & III

6.
(b) Ph CH CH3
(a)
7.
;fn 3A2BgS]rc nj
d(B)
fuEu ds cjkcjgksrhgS:
dt
1 d(A)
3 dt
(A)
(B)
3 d(A)
2 dt
2d(A)
dt
1 d(A)
3 dt
(C)
2 d(A)
3 dt
(D)
3 d(A)
2 dt
www.etoosinida.com

8.
Page # 18
Among the following the one which has

largest carbon Carbon bond is:
(A) CH2 = CH2
(B) CH2 = CH NH2
8.
(A) CH2 = CH2 (B) CH2 = CH NH2

(C) O2N CH2 = CH NH2
(D) HO CH = CH NH2
(C) O2N CH2 = CH NH2

(D) HO CH = CH NH2
9.
In which of the following compounds + M

effect is present
OH
(I)
N=O
(II)
fuEufyf[kresalsdkSuls;kSfxdesavfrl;qXeumifLFkr
g
SA
9.
fuEufyf[kresalsdksuls;kSfxdesa+MizHkkomifLFkr
gksxkA
OH
CH3
(I)
(III)
(IV)
11.
(III)
CHO
OCR
OCR
(IV)
(V)
(V)
(A) I, II & V
(C) I, III & IV
(A) I, II & V (B) I & IV

(C) I, III & IV (D) I & III
10.
(II)
CH3
CHO
N=O
The rate of a gaseous reaction is given by

the expression K [A] [B]. If the volume of
the reaction vessel is suddenly reduced to
1/4th of the initial volume, the reaction rate
relating to original rate will be:
(A) 1/10
(B) 1/8
(C) 8
(D) 16
10.
The rate of a reaction is expressed in different ways as follows :
11.
xSlh; vfHkf;k dh nj O;atd K [A] [B] }kjk n'kkZ;h

tkrhgSA;fnvfHkf;kik=kdkvk;ruvpkudizkjfEHkd
vk;ru
dk
1/4thdegksrkgS]rksokLrfodnjlslEcU/kj[kusokyh
vfHkf;knjgksxh:
(A) 1/10
(C) 8
1 d[C]
1 d[D]
1 d[ A ]
d[B]
=
2 dt
3 dt
4 dt
dt
The reaction is :
(A) 4A + B 2C + 3D (B) B + 3D 4A + 2C
(C) A + B C + D
(D) B + D A + C
(B) 1/8
(D) 16
,dvfHkf;kdhnjdksfuEurjhdksa}kjknf'kZrfd;k
tkrkgS
1 d[C] 1 d[D]
1 d[ A ]
d[B]
2 dt
3 dt
4 dt
dt
mDrvfHkf;kgS%
(A) 4A + B 2C + 3D (B) B + 3D 4A + 2C
(C) A + B C + D
(D) B + D A + C
www.etoosinida.com
(B) I & IV
(D) I & III
Page # 19
12.
13.
Units of rate constant for first and zero order reactions in terms of molarity (M) are
respectively.
(A) sec1, M sec1
(B) sec1, M
(C) M sec1, sec1
(D) M, sec1
13.
(B) 0.01 kg sec1
(C) 0.6 kg hr
'kwU;rFkkFkedksfVdhvfHkf;kdsfy,njfu;rkad
eksyjrk(M)ds:iesanf'kZrgSA
(A) sec1, M sec1
(C) M sec1, sec1
The rate of production of NH3 in N2 + 3H2

2NH3 is 3.4 kg min1. The rate of consumption of H2 is :
(A) 5.1 kg min1
14.
12.
(B) sec1, M
(D) M, sec1
vfHkf;k N2 +3H2 2NH3 esa NH3 ds mRiknu dh nj

3.4kg min1. H2 ds miHkksx dh nj gksxh %
(A) 5.1 kg min1
(B) 0.01 kg sec1
(C) 0.6 kg hr1
(D)buesalsdksbZugha
(D) None of these

14.
In which of the following molecules -electron density in ring is minimum?
fuEuesalsfdlv.kqdsoy;esa-bysDVkWu?kuRoU;wure
gS\
OCH3
NO2
(A)
(B)
(A)
OCH3
NO2
(B)
NO2
NO2
NO2
NO2
(C)
H2N
15.
(C)
(D)
(D)
H2N
NO2
15.
How many ml of 0.150 M Na2CrO4 will be

required to oxidize 40 ml of 0.5 M Na2S2O3.
NO2
0.5 MNa2S2O3 ds 40ml dks vkWDlhd`r djus ds fy,

0.150M Na2CrO4 ds
fdrus vk;ru
CrO42 + S2O32 Cr(OH)4 + SO42.
vko';drkgksxhA
(A) 225 ml
(B) 355 ml
CrO42 + S2O32 Cr(OH)4 + SO42.
(C) 455 ml
(D) 555 ml
(A) 225 ml
(B) 355 ml
(C) 455 ml
(D) 555 ml
www.etoosinida.com
(ml) dh

16.
Page # 20
Select the correct statements

(I) All mesomeric effect are resonance
(II) All resonance effect are mesomeric effect
16.
(III) CH2 = CH Cl
CH2 CH = Cl
This shows M effect of Cl
(III) CH2 = CH Cl
CH2 CH = Cl
Cl dkMizHkkon'kkZrsZgSA
CH2 CH = Cl
(IV) CH2 = CH Cl
18.
19.
20.
Number of moles of
1 mole of NO3 ions
NH2OH is:
(A) 2
(C) 5
Cldk+M izHkkon'kkZ;ktkrkgSA
(A) I, II vkSj III (B) I, II vkSj IV
(C) dsoy III
(D) I vkSjIV
electrons take up when

is reduced to 1 mole of
17.
1eksy NO3 dks 1eksyNH2OH esa vipf;rdjusa ds
fy,vko';dbySDVksuksadhla[;kgksxh&
(B) 4
(D) 6
(A) 2
(C) 5
1 g equivalent of a substance is the weight

of that amount of a substance which is
equivalent to :
(A) 0.25 mol of O2
(B) 0.50 mol of O2
(C) 1 mol of O2
(D) 8 mol of O2
When one gm mole of KMnO4 reacts with HCl,
the volume of chlorine liberated at NTP will
be:
(A) 11.2 litre
(B) 22.4 litre
(C) 44.8 litre
(D) 56.0 litre
18.
fdlhinkFkZdk1xzkerqY;kadHkkjfuEuesalsfdlds
rqY;gksrkgSA
(A) O2 ds 0.25 eksy
(B) O2dk 0.50 eksy
(C) O2 dk 1 eksy
(D) O2 ds 8 eksy
19.
tc 1xzkeeksy KMnO4,HClds lkFkvfHkf;k djrk

gSa rksfudyus okyhDyksjhu xSl dkvk;ruNTPij
D;kgksxkA
20.
CH2 = CH Cl
CH2 = CH Cl
(a)
(b)
(B) 4
(D) 6
(A) 11.2 litre

(C) 44.8 litre
The correct stability order is:
(B) 22.4 litre

(D) 56.0 litre
LFkkbZRodklghegksxk%
CH2 = CH Cl
CH2 = CH Cl
(a)
(b)
CH2 CH = Cl
CH2 CH = Cl
(c)
(c)
(A) a > b > c

(C) c > a > b
CH2 CH = Cl
(IV) CH2 = CH Cl
This shows + M effect of Cl

(A) I, II and III
(B) I, II and IV
(C) III only
(D) I and IV
17.
fuEu esa ls lgh dFku dk p;u dhft,A

(I)lHkhfelksesfVdizHkkovuqokngksrsgSA
(II)lHkhvuqoknizHkkofelksesfjdizHkkogksrsgSA
(A) a > b > c

(C) c > a > b
(B) a > c > b

(D) b > c > a
www.etoosinida.com
(B) a > c > b

(D) b > c > a
Page # 21
21.
21. AB4 + C +2 C +3 + A+2
AB4 + C +2 C +3 + A+2
If the O.N. of B is 2. Choose the true

statement for the above change
(A) O.N. of A decreases by 5
;fn mi;qZDr vfHkf;k esa B dh vkWDlhdj.k voLFkk

2 gks] rks lR; dFku dkSu lk gS
(B) O.N. of C decreases by +1
(A) A dh
(C) O.N. of A decreases by + 5 and that of

C increases by +1
(B) C dh
Identify the cations which is more stable

than following carbocation?
vkWDlhdj.k la[;k 5 ?kVrh gS
vkWDlhdj.k la[;k +1 ?kVrh gSA

(C) A dh vkWDlhdj.k la[;k +5 ?kVrh gS vkSj C
dh vkWDlhdj.k la[;k +1 cM+rh gSA
(D) O.N. of A decreases by +5 and that of

C decreases by +1
22.
mikip;u vfHkf;k gS-
(D) A dh
22.
vkWDlhdj.k la[;k +5 ?kVrh gS vkSj C

dh vkWDlhdj.k la[;k +1 ?kVrh gSA
fuEufyf[krdkcZ/kuk;uesalsfdldkcZ/kuk;udkLFkkf;Ro
fn;sx,dkcZ/kuk;udhrqyukesavf/kdgksxkA
CH2
CH2
CH2
(A)
CH2
CH2
(B)
(A)
CH2
(C)
23.
CH2
(D)
(C)
No. of nobond resonating structures of the
23.
following compound.
(A) 5
(B) 6
(C) 8
(D) 9
CH2
(B)
fuEufyf[kr;kSfxddhvcU/khrvuquknhlajpukvksadh
la[;kfdruhgSA
(A) 5
(B) 6
(C) 8
(D) 9
www.etoosinida.com
(D)

24.
Page # 22
Find DOU for the following compound.
24.
fuEufyf[kr;kSfxdesaDOUcrkbZ,sA
OH
OH
CH 3
CH 3
C=N
(A) 5
(B) 6
(C) 8
(D) 9
25. Which of the following reactions does not

involve either oxidation or reduction
(A) VO2+ V2O3
(C) Zn+2Zn
26.
27.
25.
(B) Na Na +
(D) CrO42Cr2O72
Which of the following is the least stable?

(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
Which of the following is least stable resonating structure.
C=N
(A) 5
(B) 6
(C) 8
(D) 9
fuEufyf[kr esa ls dkSulh vfHkf;k esa u rks vkWDlhdj.k

gks jgk gS vkSj u gh vip;u
(A) VO2+ V2O3 (B) Na Na +
(C) Zn+2 Zn
(D) CrO42 Cr2O72
26.
27.
fuEuesalsdkSudeLFkk;hgSa?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
fuEufyf[kresalsdkSulhvuquknhlajpuklclsdeLFkk;hgSA
RS-1, CH3OCH=CH C HCH3
RS-2, CH3O CHCH=CHCH3
RS-2, CH3O C HCH=CHCH3
RS-3, CH3 O=CHCH=CHCH3

(A) RS-1
(B) RS-2
(C) RS-3
(D) RS-1=RS-2
(A) RS-1
(C) RS-3
www.etoosinida.com
(B) RS-2
(D) RS-1=RS-2
Page # 23
28.
The number of delocalised -electrons in

the given compound C10H104
(A) 14
(B) 16
(C) 8
29. 3A(s)
28.
g
SA
(A) 14
(C) 8
(D) 12
5B(g) + 7C (g)
If the rate of appearance of B is 5 10 2

mole/lit-sec & the volume of the container is
2 lit. then The rate of disappearance of A is:
(A) 3 102 mole/lit.Sec
29. 3A(s)
(D) buesa ls dksbZ ugh
Which of the following pairs represent

resonating structures ?
(A)
CH2 = CHOH; CH3CHO
30.
fuEuesalsdkSulk;qXevuqukniznf'kZrdjrkgS\
(A)
(B)
CH2 = C = O; CH C OH
O
(C)
5B(g) + 7C (g)
(A) 3 102 mole/lit.Sec

(B) 2 102 mole/lit/Sec
(C) 5 102 mole/lit.Sec
(D) None
(B)
(B) 16
(D) 12
;fn B ds cuus dh nj 5 102 mole/lit.-sec vkSj

ik=k dk vk;ru 2 yhVjgSA rc A ds xk;c gksus dh nj
g
SA
(B) 2 102 mole/lit/Sec

(C) 5 102 mole/lit.Sec
30.
C10H104 ;kSfxdesafoLFkkuhr-bysDVksuksadhl[;ka
OH
CH3 C
CH3 ; CH3 C
(C)
CH2 = CHOH; CH3CHO

CH2 = C = O; CH C OH
O
OH
CH3 C
CH2
OH
+
OH
(D)
CH3 C
OH
+
CH3 ; CH3 C
(D)
CH3 C
CH3 ; CH3 C
+
OH
CH3 ; CH3 C
CH3
www.etoosinida.com
CH2
CH3
ETOOS & MOTION
JEE-Main, 2016
SAMPLE PAPER 2
Duration :3 Hours
Max. Marks : 360
_______________________________________________________________________________
INSTRUCTIONS
SECTION - A
1.
1.
Use only HB pencil or blue/black pen (avoid gel pen) for darkening the bubble.
2.
3.
circles against the question by dark HB pencil or blue/black pen.
4.
www.etoosinida.com
Page # 2
PART - I [MATHS]
SECTION - A
SECTION - A


1.
1.
2.
If log0.3 (x 1) < log0.09 (x 1), then x lies in

the interval
(A) (2, )
(B) (2, 1)
(C) (1, 2)
(D) None of these
The value of
(A) 2
3.
( 0. 2)
1 1 1
log 5 ....
4 8 16
(B) 4
(C) 8
is
3.
4.
If a, b, c are integers and b = 4(ac + 5d ),

2
d N, then roots of the equation ax + bx +
c = 0 are
(A) Irrational
(B) Rational & defferent
(C) Complex conjugate
(D) Rational & equal
5.
Let
x 1
x 1
4.
5.
(where [] denotes the greatest integer

function) The [f(23)] is equal to
(A) 2
(B) 3
(C) 4
(D) 3
(B) 4
(C) 8
(B) 8
(C) 16
(D) 64
1 | x | , x 1
ekuk f ( x )
x 1
[ x] ,
tgk[] egke iw.kkZad Qyu dks iznf'kZr djrk gSA
rcf{f(23)} dk izkUr gSA
(A) 2
(C) 4
(D) 16
;fn a, b,c iw.kkd gks vkSj b2 = 4(ac+5d2),dN gks

rks lehdj.kax2 + bx + c = 0 ds ewy gSa&
(A) vifjes;
(B) ifjes; vkSj vleku
(C)lfEeJla;qXeh
(D)ifjes; vkSjleku
www.etoosinida.com
dk eku gS
;fn xy2 = 4 rFkk log3 (log2x)+log1/3 (log1/2y)=1,

rcx cjkcj gS&
(A) 4
(D) 64
2
( 0. 2)
(B) (2, 1)
(D)buesalsdksbZugha
1 1 1
log 5 ....
4 8 16
(A) 2
(D) 16
(C) 16
1 | x | ,
f ( x)
[ x] ,
(A) (2, )
(C) (1, 2)
2.
If xy2 = 4 and log3 (log2x)+log1/3 (log1/2y)=1,

then x equals
(A) 4
(B) 8
;fn log0.3 (x 1) < log0.09 (x 1), rc x fdl

vUrjkyesafLFkrgS-
(B) 3
(D) 3
Page # 3
6.
The sum of integers from 1 to 100 that are

divisible by 2 or 5 is
(A) 3000
(B) 3050
(C) 4050
(D) None of these
6.
[6 2 3 2 2 2 6 ] 1
[6 2 3 2 2 2 6 ] 1
7.
(A) 1
(C) 0
8.
is simplify to
(5 2 6 )
7.
The value of
8.
(A) 7
(B) 8
2400
9.
If L =
log
r 7
2011
N=
4 1
3 2
r 1
r , M =
r 2
11.
1
1
4
6 + log 3/2
dkekugS
(D) 4
(A) 7
3 2
(B) 8
2400
1023
log (r 1) and
r
9.
;fn L =
log
r 7
r 2
2011
log
N=
where p = (1 2 3 4 ... 2011)

r p
then
(A) L + M = 13
(C) L M + N = 7
10.
(C) 5
(B) 1
(D)bueslsdksbZugh
4 ......
1
4
3 2
gy djsA
(5 2 6 )
(A) 1
(C) 0
(B) 1
(D) None of these
1
6 + log3/2
3 2
1ls100rddsiw.kkdksadk;ksxtksdh2;k5lsfoHkkftr
gS,gksxk(A) 3000
(B) 3050
(C) 4050
(D)buesalsdksbZugha
log
r 2
3 2
(C) 5
1
3 2
4 ......
(D) 4
1023
r 1
r , M = logr (r 1) rFkk
r 2
tgk p = (1 2 3 4 .... 2011)
rc
(B) M2 + N2 = 110
(D) LMN = 60
(A) L + M = 13
(C) L M + N = 7
If x a is a factor of x3 a2x + x + 2, then

a is equal to
(A) 0
(B) 2
(C) 2
(D) 1
10.
If logab = 2; logbc = 2 and log3c = log3a + 3

then (a + b + c) equals
(A) 90
(B) 93
(D) 102
(D) 243
11.
;fnx a, x3 a2x + x + 2 dk xq.ku[k.M gS] rks a

dkekugksxk&
(A) 0
(C) 2
(A) 90
(D) 102
(B) 2
(D) 1
;fn logab = 2; logbc = 2 ,oa log3c = log3a + 3

rc (a + b + c) cjkcj &
www.etoosinida.com
(B) M2 + N2 = 110
(D) LMN = 60
(B) 93
(D) 243

12.
13.
14.
Which of the following is graph of the function.
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
12.
Two real numbers & are such that

= 3 & || = 4, then & are the
roots of the quadratic equation
2
(A) 4x 12x 7 = 0
2
(B) 4x 12x + 7 = 0
2
(C) 4x 12x + 25 = 0
(D) None of these
13.
log10
fuEu esals dkSulk ,dQyu dk xzkQgS
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
nksokLrfodla[;k,,oabldkjgSfd=3,oa
||=4gks]rksoglehdj.kftldsewy,oagks]gS&
2
(A) 4x 12x 7 = 0
2
(B) 4x 12x + 7 = 0
2
(C) 4x 12x + 25 = 0
(D)buesalsdksbZugha
The domain of the function

f(x) =
15.
Page # 4
14.
Qyu f(x) = log10
3x
is
x
3
(A) 0,
2
(B) (0, 3)
(C) ,
2
3
(D) 0,
2
(x 1)3 (x 2)5 (x 3)7

0
Solve inequality
(x 1)9 (x 2)11 (x 3)13
(A) (3,2) (1,1) [3,)
(B) (, 3) (2,1) [1,2] [3,)
(C) (, 2) (2, 3)
(D) None
15.
3x
x
3
(A) 0,
2
(B) (0, 3)
(C) ,
2
3
(D) 0,
2
(x 1)3 (x 2)5 (x 3)7
vlfedk (x 1)9 (x 2)11 (x 3)13 0 dkgygksxkA

(A) (3,2) (1,1) [3,)
(B) (, 3) (2,1) [1,2] [3,)
(C) (, 2) (2, 3)
(D)dksbZugha
www.etoosinida.com
dk izkUr gS
Page # 5
16.
17.
18.
x 1
2
x2
(A) (2, 3)
(C) ]2, 3]
(B) (1, 2)
(D) [1, 2]
Solve |x 2| < 7
(A) (, 7) (7, )
(C) (, )
(B) (2, 2)
(D) None
x 1
2 dks gy dhft,A
x2
(A) (2, 3)
(B) (1, 2)
(C) ]2, 3]
(D) [1, 2]
|x 2| < 7 dks gy
dhft,
(A) (, 7) (7, )
(B) (2, 2)
(C) (, )
(D)dksbZugha
(C) N
(B) N
The value of log 1/3
If
17 1
2
(C)
1 17
2
729.3 91274 / 3
(C) N
is
19.
x2 4
log1/3
dk eku cjkcj gS &

(B) N
= 1 then the
20.
729.3 91274 / 3
(B) 1/4
(C) 1/4
log
;fn
logx2
x2 4
.log
x2 4.log3 x
x2 4
x2 4
= 1 rc 'x'
dkog eku tks lehdj.kdkslarq"V djs &

(A)
17 1
2
(D) None of these
(C)
1 17
2
www.etoosinida.com
dk eku cjkcj &
(A) 4
17 1
2
(B)
1/x
value of 'x' satisfying the equation is

(A)
(A) N
.logx x2 4
x2 4.log3 x
log s N
(a )
(B) 1/4
(D) None of these
log1 / x x2 4
logx2
18.
(D) None of these
equal to
(A) 4
(C) 1/4
20.
17.
The value of (a ) logas N is equal to
(A) N
19.
16.
Solve
(B)
17 1
2
(D)buesalsdksbZughaaA

21.
Page # 6
Find the solution of the equation
21.
logx3.logx/3 3 + logx/813 = 0
djks&
(A) x = 8, 2/8
(B) x = 5, 1/9
(A) x = 8, 2/8
(C) x = 9, 1/9
(D) None of these
(C) x = 9, 1/9
22.
22.
25.
lehdj.k 9
1 + logx
210 = 0; ds
gy Kkr
(tgk logdk vk/kkj 3gS)
(where base of log is 3)
24.
1 + logx
(B) x = 5, 1/9
djks&
91 + logx 31 + logx 210 = 0;
23.
lehdj.k logx3.logx/3 3 + logx/813 = 0 ds gy Kkr
(A) 1
(B) 5
(C) 4
(D) None of these
23.
(A) 1
(B) 5
(C) 4
lehdj.k log(log x) + log(log x3 2) = 0; ds gy
log(log x) + log(log x3 2) = 0;
Kkr djks&
(where base of log is 10 every-where.)
(tgk lc txg log dk vk/kkj 10gS)
(A) 10
(B) 12
(A) 10
(B) 12
(C) 11
(D) None of these
(C) 11
24.
lehdj.k 5logx + 5xlog5 = 3(a > 0); dk gy Kkr djks
5logx + 5xlog5 = 3(a > 0); (base of log = a)
(log dk vk/kkj =a gS)
(A) x = alog5 2
(B) x = alog4 1
(A) x = alog5 2
(B) x = alog4 1
(C) x = a log5 2
(D) None of these
(C) x = a log5 2
If are the roots of quadratic equation
25.
x + px + q = 0 and are the roots of
vkSj lehdj.k x2 + px r = 0 ds ewy, gks rks
x + px r = 0, then ( ) . ( ) is equal
( ) ( ) dk eku gSa &
to
(A) q + r
(B) q r
(C) (q + r)
(D) (p + q + r)
;fn f}?kkr lehdj.k x2 + px + q = 0 ds ewy , gks
(A) q + r
(B) q r
(C) (q + r)
(D) (p + q + r)
www.etoosinida.com
Page # 7
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
The ratio
log
3log27 (a 1) 2a
simplifies to
7 4 log49 a a 1
21 / 4
26.
vuqikr
log
3log27 (a 1) 2a
dks ljy djus ij
7 4 log49 a a 1
21 / 4
(A) a2 a 1
(B) a2 + a 1
(A) a2 a 1
(B) a2 + a 1
(C) a2 a + 1
(D) a2 + a + 1
(C) a2 a + 1
(D) a2 + a + 1
27.
The number of the solution of the equation,
lehdj.k log(2x) =2 log(x + 1) ds gyksa dh la[;k
log(2x) = 2 log(x + 1) is
Kkr djks&
(A) zero
(B) 1
(A)'kwU;
(B) 1
(C) 2
(D) None of these
(C) 2
Number of Solution of sinx = x2 + x + 1 are
28.
sinx = x2 + x+ 1 ds gyksa dh la[;k Kkr djks &
(A) 1
(B) 0
(A) 1
(B) 0
(C) 2
(D)
(C) 2
(D)
29.
If [x + [x + [x +...........100 times]]] = 100
;fn [x+[x+[x+........100 times]]] = 100 rc x
then x belongs to
laca/kj[krkgS
(where [ * ] denotes greatest integer function)
(tgk[*]egRreiw.kkZadQyudksiznf'kZrdjrkgS)
(A) (1, 2]
(B) [1, 2)
(A) (1, 2]
(B) [1, 2)
(C) (0, 1]
(D) [0, 1)
(C) (0, 1]
(D) [0, 1)
30.
If function (x) is defined in [ 2, 2] then
;fn Qyu(x),[ 2,2]esa ifjHkkf"kr gS] rc (|x|+1)
domain of definition of (|x| + 1) is
dksifjHkkf"krdjusokykizkUrgS&
(A) [ 2, 2]
(B) [ 3, 3]
(A) [ 2, 2]
(B) [ 3, 3]
(C) [ 1, 1]
(D) [ 3, 1]
(C) [ 1, 1]
(D) [ 3, 1]
www.etoosinida.com
Page # 8
PART - II [PHYSICS]
SECTION - A
SECTION - A

1.
2.
A body starts from rest and is uniformly

accelerated for 30 s. The distance travelled
in the first 10s is x1, next 10 s is x2 and the
last 10 s is x3. Then x1 : x2 : x3 is the same
as
(A) 1 : 2 : 4
(B) 1 : 2 : 5
(C) 1 : 3 : 5
(D) 1 : 3 : 9
1.
(A) 1 : 2 : 4
(C) 1 : 3 : 5
2.
A particle starts moving rectilinearly at time

t = 0 such that its velocity v changes with
time t according to the equation v = t2 t
where t is in seconds and v is in m/s. The
time interval for which the particle retards is
(A) t < 1/2
(B) 1/2 < t < 1
(C) t > 1
(D) t < 1/2 and t > 1
(b) T2 = 25 N
(c) T1 = 25 3 N
(A) a, b
(C) c, d
(d) T2 = 25 3 N
(B) a, d
(D) b, c
5kg nzO;eku dk ,d fi.M {kSfrt ds lkFk 60 o30dk
(a) T1 = 25 N
(b) T2 = 25 N
(c) T1 = 25 3 N
(A) a, b
(C) c, d
(d) T2 = 25 3 N
(B) a, d
(D) b, c
www.etoosinida.com
(B) 1/2 < t < 1

(D) t < 1/2 rFkk t > 1
dks.kcukrsgq,sMksfj;ksalsyVdk;kx;kgS]rks
A body of mass 5 kg is suspended by the

strings making angles 60 and 30 with the
horizontal -
(a) T1 = 25 N
(B) 1 : 2 : 5
(D) 1 : 3 : 9
,d d.k le; t = 0ij ljy js[kk ds vuqfn'k bl rjg

xfrizkjEHkdjrkgSfdblosx'v'le;t dslkFk]lehdj.k
v=t2tdsvuqlkjifjofrZrgksrkgSatgktlSd.MesarFkk
vm/s esa gSA og le; vUrjky tc d.k eafnr gksxkA
(A) t < 1/2
(C) t > 1
3.
3.
,doLrq fojkels izkjEHk gksdj30secdsfy, leku:i

lsRofjrgksrhgSA ;fnigys10Sec.espyhxbZnwjhx1
gSA rFkk vxys 10seces x2 gS rFkk vfare 10sec.es x3
gS rcx1 : x2 : x3 gksxkA
Page # 9
4.
5.
Balls are thrown vertically upward in such a

way that the next ball is thrown when the
previous one is at the maximum height. If
the maximum height is 5m, the number of
balls thrown per minute will be
(A) 40
(B) 50
(C) 60
(D) 120
4.
(A) 40
(C) 60
5.
The 50 kg homogeneous smooth sphere rests

on the 30 incline A and bears against the
smooth vertical wall B. Calculate the contact
forces at A and B.
(A) NB =
1000
3
1000
(B) NA =
(C) NA =
(D) NA =
100
N, N =
B
1000
50kg dk le:i fpduk xksyk] 30 ds urry Ao /okZ/

kjnhokjBdschpfp=kkuqlkjj[kkgqvkgSAAoBijlEidZ
cy Kkr djksA
(A) NB =
N, N =
B
(C) NA =
(D) NA =
N, N =
B
500
30
100
N,N =
B
500
1000
3
N, N =
B
50
N
The acceleration of a particle which moves
along the positive x-axis varies with its
position as shown. If the velocity of the
particle is 0.8 m/s at x = 0, the velocity of
the particle at x = 1.4 is (in m/s)
2
a (in m/s )
a (in m/s )
0.4
0.4
0.2
0.2
(A) 1.6
(C) 1.4
0.4 0.8
500
The acceleration of a particle which moves

along the positive x-axis varies with its
position as shown. If the velocity of the
particle is 0.8 m/s at x = 0, the velocity of
the particle at x = 1.4 is (in m/s)
N, N =
A
30
3
50
3
500
1000
1000
(B) NA =
6.
6.
(B) 50
(D) 120
3
500
N,N =
B
N, N =
A
500
dqNxsansm/okZ/kjijdhvksjblrjglsQsadhtkrhgSfd
tcfiNyhxsanvf/kdrepkbZijgksrhgSrksvU;xsan
ijQsadhtkrhgSA;fnvf/kdrepkbZ5mgksrksizfr
fefuVdqyfdruhxsansQsadhx;hgksxhA
1.4 x (in m)
(B) 1.2
(D) none
0.4 0.8
(A) 1.6
(B) 1.2
(C) 1.4
(D) none
www.etoosinida.com
1.4 x (in m)

7.
8.
9.
Page # 10
At a given instant, A is
moving with velocity of 5
m/s upwards. What is
velocity of B at the time
(A) 15 m/s
(B) 15 m/s
(C) 5 m/s
(D) 5 m/s
7.
(A) 15 m/s
(B) 15 m/s
(C) 5 m/s
(D) 5 m/s
A
B
A body is dropped from a height h under

acceleration due to gravity g. If t1 and t2
are time intervals for its fall for first half and
the second half distance, the relation
between them is
(A) t1 = t2
(B) t1 = 2t2
(C) t1 = 2.414 t2
(D) t1 = 4t2
8.
The displacement-time graph of a moving

particle is shown below. The instantaneous
velocity of the particle is negative at the
x
point
(A) C
D
(B) D
F
E
(C) E
C
(D) F
9.
A
B
,doLrqdkshpkbZlsxq:Roh;Roj.kgdsizHkkoesNksM+k
x;kgSA;fnt1rFkkt2 igyhrFkknwljhvk/khnwjhesfxjus
esyxkle;gSArksmunksuksdse/;lEc}gksxkA
(A) t1 = t2
(B) t1 = 2t2
(C) t1 = 2.414 t2
(D) t1 = 4t2
fdlhxfrtd.kdkfoLFkkiu≤xzkQuhpsn'kkZ;kx;k
gSArksfdlfcUnqijrkR{kf.kdosx_.kkRedgksxk\
(A) C
x
D
(B) D
(C) E
(D) F
10.
fdlh {k.k ij A5m/s ls osx ls

ij dh vksj xfr dj jgk gSA ml
{k.kijB dkosxgksxkA
The pulley is given an acceleration a0=2 m/s

starting from rest. A cable is connected to a
block A of mass 50 kg as shown. Neglect the
mass of the pulley and friction between block
and ground. Then the tension in the cable
connected to block A is
10.
,df?kjuhdks fojke lsa0=2m/s2dkRoj.kfn;k tkrk

gSA50kgnzO;ekudk,drkjfp=kkuqlkjtqM+kgSaAf?kjuhdk
nzO;eku]rFkkCykWdo/kjkrydse/;?k"kZ.kux.;ekfu;sA
CykWdAlstqM+srkjesarukogksxkA
a0
a0
A
A
(A) 200 N
(C) 400 N
(A) 200 N
(C) 400 N
(B) 300 N
(D) 500 N
www.etoosinida.com
(B) 300 N
(D) 500 N
Page # 11
11.
12.
13.
A particle of mass 10 kg is acted upon by a

force F along the line of motion which varies
as shown in the figure. the initial velocity of
the particle is 10ms1. Find the maximum
velocity attained by the particle before it
comes to instantaneous
rest.
(A) 40
(B) 60
(C) 20
(D) None of these
11.
10kg nzO;eku ds d.k ij] cy F dks xfr dh fn'kk esa
yxk;ktkrkgSrFkkcyfp=kesafn[kk,savuqlkjifjofrZr
gksrkgSAd.kdkizkjfEHkdosx10ms1gSaAd.kdksrkR{kf.kd
fojkevoLFkkesavkuslsigys]blds}kjizkIrfd;kx;kvf/
kdre osxKkrdjksA
(A) 40
(B) 60
(C) 20
(D)buesalsdksbZugh
12.
Two blocks A and B of masses 4 kg and 12 kg

are placed on a smooth plane surface. A force
F of 16N is applied on A as shown. Find out
the normal force (in Newton) between grond
and Block B.
B
A
(A) 60 N
(B) 240 N
F=16N
(C) 100 N
(D) 120 N
4 kg rFkk 12 kg nzO;eku ds nks CykWd A o B fpduh

lery lrg ij j[ksa gSaA CykWd A ij 16N dk cy F
fp=kkuqlkjvkjksfirfd;ktkrkgSACykWdBrFkkleryds
e/;vfHkyEcizfrf;kcy(U;wVuesa) KkrdjksA
(A) 60 N
(B) 240 N
(C) 100 N
(D) 120 N
A projectile is thrown at an angle of 60 with

the horizontal with an initial speed of 20 m/
sec, with H being highest point of its
trajectory. Another particle P is now forced
to
move along the same trajectory as
that of the projectile. When the particle P is
2
at O v o 10 m / s, ao 2.5 m / s an d its
13.
A
F=16N
,diz{ksI;dks{kSfrtls60dsdks.kijvkjfEHkdpky20
m/seclsQsadktkrk gS rcHmldhvf/kdre pkbZ gSA
nwljkd.kPHkhmlhiFkdsvuqfn'kxfrdjrkgSAtcd.k
2
P O v o 10 m / s, ao 2.5 m / s ijgSrFkkbldh
pky
?kV
jgh
gSA
fcUnq
spe ed
is
de crea sing .
At
point
2
H v H 20 m / s, aH 50 m / s and its speed
H v H 20 m / s, aH 50 m / s2 rFkkbldhpkyc<+
is increasing. (g=10 m/s2)
(A) ao = -2.5 i m/s2
(B) ao 2.5j m / s2
(C) aH (20 6i 10j) m / s2
(D) aH (30i 10j)m

/ s2
jgha gSA(g=10m/s2)
(A) ao = -2.5 i m/s2
(B) ao 2.5j m / s2
(C) aH (20 6i 10j) m / s2
(D) aH (30i 10j)m

/ s2
www.etoosinida.com

14.
15.
Page # 12
Three block are connected as shown, on a

horizontal frictionless table and pulled to the
right with a force T3 = 60 N. If m1 = 10 kg,
m2 = 20 kg and m3=30 kg, the tension T2 is(A) 10 N
(B) 20 N
(C) 30 N
(D) 60 N
As shown in the figure A sphere of 50 kg is
kept in between two
surfaces A & B. Then
the find the normal
B
force (in n ewto n)
exerted by surface B on
A
sphere.
(A) 200N
(B)250N
30
(C) 300N
30
(D) 350N
If a particle is moving as t = x 1 where x
is the position and t is time. Then at t= 3sec
velocity of particle is:
(A) 6m/sec
(B) 5 m/sec
(C) 7 m/sec
(D) 3 m/sec
14.
(A) 10 N
(B) 20 N
(C) 30 N
(D) 60 N
15.
17.
18.
What is relation between

VA and VB if pulleys and
string are ideal
(A) VA = VB
(B) VA = VB tan 300
(C) VA = VB cot 300
(D) VA = VB cos 300
A
0
fn[kk, x;s fp=k esa50kgdk xksyk] lrgAo Bds chp

lkE;koLFkkesaj[kkgqvkgSrkslrgB}kjkxksys
B
ij vkjksfir vfHkyEc lEidZ cy
in newton dk eku Kkr djksA
A
(A) 200N
(B)250N
(C) 300N
(D) 350N
16.
rhuCykWdtksfdijLijfp=kkuqlkjca/ksgq,gSrFkk?k"kZ.k
jfgr{kSfrtVsfcyijfLFkrgSAmUgsank;havksj T3=60
U;wVucyls[khapktkrkgSA;fnm1=10fdxzk]m2=20fdxzk
rFkkm3=30fdxzkgS]rksruko T2gS&
30o
o
30
16.
;fn ,d d.k t= x 1 ds vuqlkj xfreku gS tgk x

fLFkfr rFkk t le; gSSA rc t =3sec ij d.k dk osx gS
(A) 6m/sec
(C) 7 m/sec
17.
(B) 5 m/sec
(D) 3 m/sec
VA rFkk VB dse/; D;k lEcU/kgS
A
0
;fnf?kjuhoMksjhvkn'kZgSA
(A) VA = VB
(B) VA = VB tan 300
(C) VA = VB cot 300
(D) VA = VB cos 300
Displacement (x) of a particle is related to

18.
,d d.k dk foLFkkiu le; (t) ds lkFk x = at + bt2
time (t) as x = at + bt2 c t3
where a, b and c are constants of motion.
c t3 }kjklEcfU/krgSAtgka,brFkkcxfrds fu;rkad
The velocity of the particle when its accelgSAtcdk.kdkRoj.k'kwU;gSrcd.kdkosxgksxkA
eration is zero is given by
b2
b2
b2
b2
(A) a
(B) a
(A) a
(B) a
c
2c
c
2c
b2
b2
2
2
b
b
(C) a
(D) a
(C) a
(D) a
3c
4c
3c
4c
www.etoosinida.com
Page # 13
19.
If a particle is moving with relation x = t3

where x is position & t is time then
(A) when v = 2 m/sec then a = 6 m/sec2
(B) when v = 4 m/sec then a = 6 m/sec2
(C) when x = 8 m then a = 12 m/sec2
(D) when x = 10 m then a = 12 m/sec2
20.
A particle is moving according to relation

x = t2 - 4t. Then during the interval from
t = 1 sec to t = 2.5 sec.
(A) |Displacement|> Distance
(B) |Displacement|= Distance
(C) |Displacement|< Distance
(D) |Displacement|<= Distance
21.
22.
A body, moving in a straight line, covers half

the distance with a speed 15 m/sec, the
remaining part of the distance was covered
with a speed 20 m/sec for half of the time
and with a speed 10 m/sec for the other half
of the time. What is the average speed of
the body?
(A) 15
(B) 30
(C) 45
(D) None of these
A particle is thrown from the origin, at an
angle (0<<90) such that it just crosses a
wall of height 9m. Wall is along the plane x =
19.
;fn , d.klEcU/kx=t3 dsvuqlkjxfrdjjgkgS]tgkW

x fLFkfr rFkk t le; gSA rc &
(A) tc v = 2 m/sec rc a = 6 m/sec2
(B) tc v = 4 m/sec rc a = 6 m/sec2
(C) tc x = 8 m rc a = 12 m/sec2
(D) tc x = 10 m rc a = 12 m/sec2
20.
,d d.k lEcU/k x = t2 - 4t ds vuqlkj xfreku gSA rc

le; vUrjky t = 1 sec ls t = 2.5 sec ds fy, &
(A)|foLFkkiu|>nwjh
(B)|foLFkkiu|=nwjh
(C)|foLFkkiu|<nwjh
(D)|foLFkkiu|<=nwjh
21.
ljyjs[kkesaxfreku,d oLrqvk/khnwjhpky15m/sec
ls]'ks"kvk/khnwjhdsfy,vk/ksle;20m/secpkylsrFkk
'ks"kvk/ksle;dsfy,10m/secpkylsxfrekugSoLrq
dh vkSlr pky D;k gSA
(A) 15
(C) 45
22.
12m. Speed of projection is n 30 & particle

strike the ground at x = 48 m, value of n is
(g = 10m/sec2)
(A) 3
(B) 4
(C) 6
(D) None of these
23.
A particle moves with a constant speed u

along the curve y = sin x. The magnitude of
its acceleration at the point corresponding
to x = /2 is
u2
(A)
2
(C) u2
(B)
(D)
,d d.k dks ewy fcUnq ls ,d dks.k (0<<90)ij bl

izdkjiz{ksfirfd;ktkrkgSfd;g9mpkbZdh,dnhokj
dksdsoyikjdjikrkgSAnhokjryx=12mdsvuqfn'k
gSAiz{ksi.kosx n 30 gSrFkkd.k/kjkryijx=48m
ij Vdjkrk gSA n dk eku gS (g = 10m/sec2)
(A) 3
(C) 6
23.
u2
2
(B) 4
(D)buesalsdksbZugha
,d d.k o y = sin x ds vuqfn'k fu;r pky v ls xfr

djrkgSAbldsRoj.k dkifjek.kx=/2dsle:ihfcUnq
ijKkrdjksA
(A)
u2
2
(C) u
2 u2
www.etoosinida.com
(B) 30
(D)buesalsdksbZugha
(B)
(D)
u2
2
2 u2

24.
Page # 14
Acceleration-time graph of a particle moving

along X axis is as shown. The particle will have
the velocity same as its initial velocity at
24.
cjkcjfdlfcUnwijgksxkA
a (m/s2)
25.
26.
27.
X-v{k ds vuqfn'k xfreku ,d d.k dk Roj.k & le; (at)xzkQfp=kesaiznf'kZrgSAd.kdkosxvkjfEHkdosxds
a (m/s2)
10
20
t(s)
O
(A) 10 sec
(B) 20 10 3 sec
(C) 10 5 3 sec
(D) 10 2 3 sec
A water tap situated at a height h ejects n

droplets of water per second in vertically
upward direction. If the first drop reaches
the ground when nth drop is about to emerge,
then the height h is (g = 10 m/s2).
(A) h > 5 m for any value of initial velocity
(B) h < 5 for initial velocity is 3 m/s
(C) h 5 m for initial velocity is 4 m/s
(D) None of these
Which of the following sets of displacements
might be capable of bringing a car to its
returning point ?
(A) 5, 10, 30 and 50 km
(B) 5, 9, 9 and 20 km
(C) 40, 40, 90 and 8 km
(D) 10, 20, 40 and 90 km
A rubber ball escapes from the horizontal roof
with a velocity v = 5 m/s. The roof is situated
at a height h = 20m. If the length of each
car is equal to
x0 = 4 m, with
v
which car will
the ball hit ?
(A) 4
h
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 5
25.
10
20
(A) 10 sec
(B) 20 10 3 sec
(C) 10 5 3 sec
(D) 10 2 3 sec
hpkbZijfLFkr,dikuhdhVadhizfrlSd.Mn cawns/
okZ/kjijdhvksjfudkyrhgSaA;fnigyhcwan/kjkryij
rcigqps tcnthcwanfudyusokyhgksrkspkbZhgSa
(g = 10 m/s2).
(A) vkjfEHkd osx ds fdlh Hkh eku ds fy, h>5m
(B) 3 m/s ds vkjfEHkd osx ds fy, h< 5
(C) 4 m/s ds vkjfEHkd osx ds fy, h 5 m
(D)buesalsdksbZugha
26.
fuEu esa ls dkSulkfoLFkkiu leqPp; ,d dkj dks mldh

vkjfEHkdfLFkfrijiqu%ykusesal{kegSA
(A) 5, 10, 30 rFkk 50 km
(B) 5, 9, 9 rFkk 20 km
(C) 40, 40, 90 rFkk 8 km
(D) 10, 20, 40 rFkk 90 km
27.
,d jcj dh xsn v =5 m/s ds osx ls ,d /okZ/kj Nr

lsfxjrhgSANrdhpkbZh=20mgSA;fnizR;sddkj
dh yEckbZ x0 = 4 m
v
gksrksxsanfdldkj
lsVdjk;sxhA
(A) 4
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 5
www.etoosinida.com
t(s)
Page # 15
28.
29.
30.
Referring to the 2 s diagram of a particle,

find the acceleration of the particle during
v2(m2/s2)
motion.
2
(A) 4 m/sec
2000
(B) 5 m/sec2
1500
(C) 2 m/sec2
2
s(m)
(D) 1m/sec
O 50 100
28.
According to diagram a particle is projected

with 50 m/sec at angle 53 from the horizontal
then find the time when initial velocity and
velocity at time t becomes perpendicular to
each other.
(A) 25/4
50 m/sec
(B) 25/2
(C) 3
53
(D) None of these
29.
,dd.k ds2-svkjs[k}kjkd.kdkRoj.kxfrdsnkSjku
KkrdjksA
v (m /s )
2
(A) 4 m/sec
(B) 5 m/sec2
(C) 2 m/sec2
(D) 1m/sec2
30.
20 m/s
(D) velocity at hightest point of its motion is
10 m/s
2000
1500
50 100
s(m)
50 m/sec
53
,difg;kxkM+h4m/sdsosx ls+xfn'kkesaxfrekugSA
xkM+hijcSBk,dO;fDr6m/sdsosxls,diRFkjQsadrk
gSAxkM+hdsfunsZ'kra=kesaiRFkj/okZ/kjZv{kls30ds
dks.kijy-zryeasQsadkx;kgSArc/kjkryij[kM+s,d
izs{kddslkis{k
(A)d.k dkizkjfEHkd osx10m/sgSA
(B)d.k dk izkjfEHkd osx2 13 m/s gSA
(C) xfr ds mPpre fcUnq ij osx 20 m/s gSA
(D) xfr ds mPpre fcUnq ij osx 10m/s gSA
www.etoosinida.com
fp=kkuqlkj ,d d.k dks {kSfrtls53ij50m/secosx

lsiz{ksfirfd;kx;kgSArcogle;KkrdjkstcizkjfEHkd
osx rFkk fdlh le; tij osx ,d nwljs ds yEcor~ gks
tk,xsaA
(A) 25/4
(B) 25/2
(C) 3
(D)buesalsdksbZugha
A cart is moving along +x direction with

velocity of 4m/s. A person on the cart throws
a stone with a velocity of
6m/s
with
respect to himself. In the frame of cart the
stone is thrown in yz plane making 30 with
vertical z-axis. Then with respect to an
observer on the ground.
(A) the initial velocity of the stone is 10m/s
(B) the initial velocity of stone is 2 13 m/s
(C) velocity at hightest point of its motion is
Page # 16

Use Data : 1H1, 2He4, 3Li7, 4Be9, 5B 10, 6C12, 7N14, 8O16, 9F19, 11Na23, 12Mg 24,
S32, 15P31, 17Cl35.5, 19K 39, 20Ca 40, 26Fe 56, 29Cu63.5, 30Zn65, 24Cr 52, 23V51
16
SECTION - A
Al27,
13
SECTION - A


1.
1.
Which of the following is a redox reaction :
(A) NaCl + KNO3 NaNO3 + KCl
(A) NaCl + KNO3 NaNO3 + KCl
(B) CaC2O4 + 2 HCl CaCl2 + H2C2O4
(B) CaC2O4 + 2 HCl CaCl2 + H2C2O4
(C) Mg (OH)2 + 2 NH4Cl MgCl2 + 2
(C) Mg (OH)2 + 2 NH4Cl MgCl2 + 2
NH4OH
NH4OH
(D) Zn + 2 AgCN 2 Ag + Zn (CN)2
(D) Zn + 2 AgCN 2 Ag + Zn (CN)2
H
|
2.
fuEuesalsmikip;hvfHkf;kdkSulhgS%
C 4H9
The IUPAC name of CH3 CH2 C C CH3

|
2.
CH3CH2 C C CH3 dk IUPAC uke gSA

|
CH3 CH3
CH3 CH3
is -
(A) 3,4, 4-VkbZesfFkygsIVsu
(A) 3, 4, 4-trimethylheptane
(B)3, 4, 4-VkbZesfFkyvkWDVsu
(B) 3, 4, 4-trimethyloctane
(C) 2-C;wfVy-2-esfFky-3-,fFkyC;qVsu
(C) 2-butyl-2-methyl-3-ethylbutane
(D) 2-ethyl-3, 3-dimethylheptane
3.
C 4H9
(D)2-,fFky-3, 3-MkbZesfFkygsIVsu
The oxidation number of nitrogen atoms in
3.
NH4NO3 are (A) +3, +3
(B) +3, 3
(C) 3, +5
(D) 5, +3
NH4NO3 esaukbVkstudhvkWDlhdj.kla[;kD;kgksxh(A) +3, +3
(B) +3, 3
(C) 3, +5
(D) 5, +3
www.etoosinida.com
Page # 17
4.
Which of the following chemical reactions

depicts the oxidizing behaviour of H2SO4?
(A) 2HI + H2SO4 I2 + SO2 + 2H2O
(B) Ca(OH)2 + H2SO4 CaSO4 + 2H2O
(C) NaCl + H2SO4 NaHSO4 + HCl
(D) 2PCl5 + H2SO4 2POCl3 + 2HCl + SO2Cl2
4.
fuEuesalsdkSu&lhjklk;fudvfHkf;kH2SO4 dsmipk;d
O;ogkjdksiznf'kZrdjrhgS\
(A) 2HI + H2SO4 I2 + SO2 + 2H2O
(B) Ca(OH)2 + H2SO4 CaSO4 + 2H2O
(C) NaCl + H2SO4 NaHSO4 + HCl
(D) 2PCl5 + H2SO4 2POCl3 + 2HCl + SO2Cl2
Cl
5.
CH3
IUPAC name of
Br
Cl
is
CH3
5.
C2H5
Br
(A)4-Bromo-6-chloro-2-ethyl-1-
;kSfxd dk IUPAC uke gS&
C2H5
(A)4-czkseks-6-Dyksjks-2-,fFky-1-esfFkylkbDyksgsDl-1-
methylcyclohex-1-ene
bZu
(B)5-Bromo-1-chloro-3-ethyl-2-
(B)5-czkseks-1-Dyksjks-3-,fFky-2-esfFkylkbDyksgsDl-2-
bZu
(C)5-Bromo-3-chloro-1-ethyl-2-
(C)5-czkseks-3-Dyksjks-1-,fFky-2-esfFkylkbDyksgsDl-1-
bZu
(D)1-Bromo-5-chloro-3-ethyl-4-
(D)1-czkseks-5-Dyksjks-3-,fFky-4-esfFkylkbDyksgsDl-3-
bZu
6.
The oxidation number of Oxygen in Na2O2 is:

(A) + 1
(B) + 2
(C) 2
(D) 1
6.
Na2O2 esavkWDlhtudkvkWDlhdj.kvadgS%
(A) + 1
(B) + 2
(C) 2
(D) 1
7.
Select the correct order

(A) I, II & III
(B) II & III
(C) II only
(D) I & III
7.
lgh e dk p;u fdft,s
Calculate the oxidation number of Co

un derlined ele ment s in the following
compounds :
K[Co(C 2O4)2(NH 3)2]
(A) +3
(B) +4
(C) + 5
(D) +6
8.
8.

(II) NH2 > OH > Cl ,+ M effect
(A) I, II & III
(B) II & III
(C) II only
(D) I & III
fuEu;kSfxdksaesafpfUgrrRoCodkvkWDlhdj.kvadKkr
djksA
K[Co(C 2O4)2(NH 3)2]
(A) +3
(B) +4
(C) + 5
(D) +6
www.etoosinida.com

9.
Page # 18
In which of the following compounds + M

effect is present
OH
(I)
N=O
(II)
9.
fuEufyf[kresalsdksuls;kSfxdesa+MizHkkomifLFkr
gksxkA
CH3
OH
(III)
(I)
N=O
(II)
(III)
CHO
(IV)
(A) I, II & V
(C) I, III & IV
CH3
CHO
OCR
(V)
(IV)
(B) I & IV
(D) I & III
OCR
(V)
(A) I, II & V
(C) I, III & IV
(B) I & IV
(D) I & III
In FeCr2O4, the oxidation numbers of Fe and

Cr are :
(A) + 2 and + 3
(B) 0 and + 2
(C) + 2 and + 6
(D) + 3 and + 6
10.
11.
Which statement are correct about Inductive

effect (I.E.) and mesomeric(m) effect.
(A) I.E. is temporary and mesomeric is
permanent effect
(B) I. E. is permanent and works only on
electron.
(C) Mesomeric effect is permanent and works
only on electron but less dominating on
I.E.
(D) Both have partial displacement of bonded
electron.
11.
fuEueslsdkSulkdFkuizsjf.kdizHkko(I.E.)oehtkseSfVd
izHkko(m)dsfy,lghgSA
(A)I.E.izsj.khdizHkkovLFkkbZgSvkSjehtkseSfVdizHkko
LFkkbZgSA
(B)I. E.izsj.khdizHkkoLFkkbZgSvkSjbysDVksuij
dk;ZjrgSA
(C)ehtksesfjdizHkkoLFkkbZgSvkSj;gbysDVksuij
dk;ZjrgSaijUrqI.E.defunsZ'khgSA
(D)caf/krbysDVksudkvkaf'kdizfrLFkkiunksuks(IEoM)
esagksrkgSA
12.
The oxidation number of Phosphorus in
12.
Mg2P2O7esaQkWLQksjldkvkWDlhdj.kvadgS%
10.
Mg2P2O7 is :
(A) + 3
(C) + 5
FeCr2O4esa]Fe rFkkCrdsvkWDlhdj.kvad gaS%

(A) + 2 rFkk + 3
(B) 0 rFkk + 2
(C) + 2 rFkk + 6
(B) + 2
(D) 3
(A) + 3
(B) + 2
(C) + 5
(D) 3
www.etoosinida.com
(D) + 3 rFkk + 6
Page # 19
13.
14.
Which of the following is least stable reso-
(A) RS-1
(B) RS-2
(C) RS-3
(D) RS-1=RS-2
(A) RS-1
(C) RS-3
The oxidation states of Sulphur in the anions

(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
, S2O42 and
S2O62 < S2O42
S2O42 < SO32
SO32 < S2O42
S2O42 < S2O62
S2O62 follow
< SO32
< S2O62
< S2O62
< SO32
14.
the order:
R.S 1
H2N
H2N
OH
OH
R.S 2
H2N
R.S 3
(C) R.S 3
(D) R.S 4
rFkk S2O62 esa lYQj dh vkWDlhdj.k

voLFkkdkegS%
(C) SO32 < S2O42 < S2O62

(D) S2O42 < S2O62 < SO32
15.
fuEuesalslclsvf/kdLFkk;hvuquknhljapukcrkb;sA
H2N
OH
OH
(B) R.S 2
SO32 , S2O42
(B) S2O42 < SO32 < S2O62
R.S 1
H2N
R.S 4
(A) R.S 1
(B) RS-2
(D) RS-1=RS-2
(A) S2O62 < S2O42 < SO32
Identify the most stable Resonating structure.

H2N
16.
fuEufyf[kresalsdkSulhvuquknhlajpuklclsdeLFkk;h
g
SA
SO32
15.
13.
nating structure.
OH
H2N
OH
H2N
R.S 3
(A) R.S 1
(C) R.S 3
16.
R.S 2
OH
OH
R.S 4
(B) R.S 2
(D) R.S 4
elements in the following compounds :
fuEu;kSfxdksaesafpfUgrrRoPdkvkWDlhdj.kvadKkr
djksA
(A) +3
(B) +4
(A) +3
(B) +4
(C) + 5
(D) +6
(C) + 5
(D) +6
Calculate the oxidation number of P underlined
www.etoosinida.com

17.
Page # 20
Identify the odd species out Which of the

species among the following is different from
others ?
(A)
17.
fuEuLih'khtksaesalsmlLih'khtdhigpkudhft,tks
lcls vyx gS \
(A)
(B)
O
(C)
NH
(B)
O
(C)
(D)
NH
(D)
N
18.
18 .
Correct order of stability of the following

carbanion is
fuEufyf[krdkcZ_.kk;udsLFkkf;RodklghaegS&
(I)
(I)
19.
(II)
(II)
(III)
(III)
(A) I > II > III
(B) I > III > II
(C) III > II > I
(D) III > I > II

19.
Among the following molecules, the correct

order of C - C bond length is
(A) I > II > III
(B) I > III > II
(C) III > II > I
(D) III > I > II
fuEuv.kqvksaesaC-CdhcU/kyEckbZdklghegS\
(A) C2H6 > C2H4 > C6H6 > C2H2
(A) C2H6 > C2H4 > C6H6 > C2H2
(B) C2H6 > C6H6 > C2H4 > C2H2 (C6H6 csathu esa)
(B) C2H6 > C6H6 > C2H4 > C2H2 (C6H6 is benzene)
(C) C2H4 > C2H6 > C2H2 > C6H6
(C) C2H4 > C2H6 > C2H2 > C6H6
(D) C2H6 > C2H4 > C2H2 > C6H6
(D) C2H6 > C2H4 > C2H2 > C6H6

20.
20.
The oxidation number of Oxygen in Na2O2 is:

(A) + 1
(B) + 2
(C) 2
(D) 1
Na2O2 esavkWDlhtudkvkWDlhdj.kvadgS%
(A) + 1
(C) 2
www.etoosinida.com
(B) + 2
(D) 1
Page # 21
21.
Find out the hybridisation state of carbon

atoms in given compounds from left to right.
21.
CH3 CH = CH CH = C = CH C C CH3
22.
CH3 CH = CH CH = C = CH C C CH3
(A) sp3 sp2 sp2 sp2 sp sp2 sp sp sp3
(A) sp3 sp2 sp2 sp2 sp sp2 sp sp sp3
(B) sp3 sp2 sp2 sp sp sp sp sp sp3
(B) sp3 sp2 sp2 sp sp sp sp sp sp3
(C) sp3 sp2 sp2 sp2 sp2 sp2 sp sp sp3
(C) sp3 sp2 sp2 sp2 sp2 sp2 sp sp sp3
(D) sp3 sp sp sp2 sp sp2 sp sp sp3
(D) sp3 sp sp sp2 sp sp2 sp sp sp3
In FeCr2O4, the oxidation numbers of Fe and

Cr are :
(A) + 2 and + 3
(C) + 2 and + 6
22.
(A)
N = N (B)
(C)
blv.kqesalclsvf/kdLFkk;hdsuksfudylajpukgS\
N=N
N (D) All are equally stable
The oxidation number of Phosphorus in

Mg2P2O7 is :
(A) + 3
(B) + 2
(C) + 5
(D) 3
24.
Total number of and -bonds are in naphthalene is
25.
(A) 5 and 18
(C) 5 and 19
(B) 6 and 19
(D) 7 and 26
(A)
N = N (B)
(C)
N = N (D)lHkhLFkk;hgSA
N=N
Mg2P2O7esaQkWLQksjldkvkWDlhdj.kvadgS%
(A) + 3
(B) + 2
(C) + 5
(D) 3
usFkyhuesavkSj-cU/kksadhdqyla[;kgS\
(A) 5 rFkk 18
(B) 6 rFkk 19
(C) 5 rFkk 19
(D) 7 rFkk 26
www.etoosinida.com
(B) 0 rFkk + 2
(D) + 3 rFkk + 6
N=N
23.
The most stable canonical structure of this

molecule is
25.
FeCr2O4esa]Fe rFkkCrdsvkWDlhdj.kvad gaS%

(A) + 2 rFkk + 3
(C) + 2 rFkk + 6
(B) 0 and + 2
(D) + 3 and + 6
N=N
23.
24.
fn;sx;s;kSfxdksaesacka;s]lsnka;sdkcZuijek.kqvksadhladj.k
voLFkkdksKkrdhft;s\

26.
27.
28.
Page # 22
The order of stability of the following

carbanion is
26.
fuEudkcZ,suk;udsLFkkf;RodkegS\
(I) CH3CH2
(II)
(I) CH3CH2
(II)
(III)
(IV)
(III)
(IV)
(A) I > II > III > IV

(C) IV > III > II > I
(B) I > III > II > IV

(D) III > IV > I > II
(A) I > II > III > IV

(C) IV > III > II > I
(B) I > III > II > IV

(D) III > IV > I > II
Consider the following reaction:

3Br2 + 6CO32 + 3H2O 5Br + BrO3
+ 6 HCO3
Which of the following statements is true
regarding this reaction:
(A) Bromine is oxidized and the carbonate
radical is reduced.
(B) Bromine is reduced and the carbonate
radical is oxidized.
(C) Bromine is neither reduced nor oxidized.
(D) Bromine is both reduced and oxidized.
27.
(I) CH2 = CH CH = CH2
28.
fuEu vfHkf;k dk voyksdu dhft, %

3Br2 + 6CO32 + 3H2O
BrO3 + 6 HCO3
5Br
blvfHkf;kdslUnHkZesadkSulkdFkulR;gS%
(A)czksehuvkWDlhd`rgksrkgSrFkkdkcksZusVewydvipf;r
gksrkgSA
(B)czksehuvipf;rgksrkgSrFkkdkcksZusVewydvkWDlhd`r
gksrkgSA
(C)czksehuurksvipf;rgksrkgSvkSjughvkWDlhd`rgksrkgSA
(D)czksehuvipf;rovkWDlhd`rnksuksagksrkgSA
(II) CH2 CH = CH CH2
(I) CH2 = CH CH = CH2

Amo ng, thes e, w hich are

structures of bufa-1,3 diene
can onic al
buesalsdkSulhdsuksfudylajpuk,sC;wVk1<3 MkbZbZudh
(A) I and II
(B) I and III
g
SA
(C) II and III
(D) all
(A) I rFkk II
(B) I rFkk III
(C) II rFkk III
(D)lHkh
www.etoosinida.com
Page # 23
29.
Statement-1 : In the reaction, MnO4
29.
5Fe2+ + 8H+
2+ + 5Fe3+ +
Mn
4H2O,
acts as
oxidising agent.
Statement-2 : : In the above reaction, Fe2+
is converted to Fe3+.
(A) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True;
Statement-2 is a correct explanation for
Statement-1.
(B) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True;
Statement-2 is NOT a correct explanation for
Statement-1.
(C) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is
False.
(D) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is
True.
Mn2+ + 5Fe3+ + 4H2O esa MnO4
MnO4
vkWDlhdkjd dh rjg O;ogkj djrk gSA

oDrO;&2:mi;qZDrvfHkf;kesaFe2+,Fe3+esaifjofrZr
gksrkgSA
(A) oDrO;-1 lR; gS, oDrO;-2 lR; gS; oDrO;-2
oDrO;-1 dk lgh Li"Vhdj.k gSA
(B) oDrO;-1 lR; gS, oDrO;-2 lR; gS ; oDrO;-2
oDrO;-1 dk lgh Li"Vhdj.k ugha gSA
(C) oDrO;-1 lR; gS, oDrO;-2 vlR; gSA
(D) oDrO;-1 vlR; gS, oDrO;-2 lR; gSA
30.
30.
oDrO;&1 : vfHkf;k MnO4 + 5Fe2+ + 8H+
Oxidat ion
numb er
of
iron
in
+
Na2[Fe(CN)5(NO )] is :
(A) + 2
(B) + 3
(C) +8/3
(D) none of the three
Na2[Fe(CN)5(NO+)] esa vk;ju dh vkWDlhdj.k la[;k
fuEugS%
(A) + 2
(B) + 3
(C) +8/3
(D)rhuksaesalsdksbZugha
www.etoosinida.com
2016 SAMPLE PAPER
SAMPLE PAPER (1)
Avail Free Video Solutions of Experienced Faculty

www.etoosindia.com
IIT JEE SAMPLE

PAPER 2016
Duration : 3 Hours Max Mark : 360
SECTION - A
1.
1.
Use only blue/black pen (avoid gel pen) for darkening the bubble.
2.
3.
circles against the question by dark blue/black pen.
4.
Batch
Roll Number
10+1
10+1
10+2
10+3
Crash
1 1
2 2
3 3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2 2
3 3
2
3
4 4
5 5
3
4
Paper
5
6
5
6
5
6
6 6
5
6
5 5
6 6
Paper 1
7 7
8 8
9 9
8
9
Paper 2
Name
For example if only 'A' choice is

correct then, the correct method
A
B C D E
For example if only 'A & C'
bubble is
A
B C D E

L E N A ME
Test Date
L A S T N A ME
D D MMY Y

For example If Correct match

for (A) is P; for (B) is R, S; for
the bubble is
P
R S T
Ensure that all columns are filled

.
if required :
'6' should be
filled as 0006
'86' should be
filled as 0086
0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4
3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4
5 5 5 5
5 5 5 5
6 6 6 6
7 7 7 7
6 6 6 6
7 7 7 7
5 5 5 5
6 6 6 6
7 7 7 7
8 8 8 8
9 9 9 9
8 8 8 8
9 9 9 9
8 8 8 8
9 9 9 9
0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4
VELOCITY (XII) - JEE MAIN
Page # 2
PART - I [MATHEMATICS]
SECTION - A
Q.1 to Q.30 has four choices (A), (B), (C), (D)
out of which ONLY ONE is correct
1.
SECTION - A
[ oLr q
fu"B i zd kj dsi z'u ]
i z-.1 l si z-.30 r d pkj fodYi (A), (B), (C), (D) fn; sgS
ft uesa^^dsoy , d^^ l ghgS
A
The domain of
1
[cos 1 x 4 ] | [ x 2 tan 1 x ] | sin(nx )
[cos x ] | [ x 2 tan x ] | sin(nx )

{3x 2 7} a
sin x 3 cos x
1
n cos
2
x
1.
{3x 2 7} a
2)
(C) (1, 1)
2.
(A) (2,
(B) (0, 1)
x b
and
a x
2)
dki zkUr ]
(B) (0, 1)
(C) (1, 1)
(D) None of these
If a, b > 0 and f(x) = xlim

0
1
n cos
2
x
t gk [.] r Fkk{.}; x dsegke i w

. kk
d r Fkk fHkUukRed
Hkkx dksi znf' kZ
r dj r sgS
a
] gksxk-
where [.] and {.} denotes greatest integer

and fractional part of x, is (A) (2,
sin x 3 cos x
2.
(D)
buesal sdksbZugha
x b
; fn a, b > 0 r Fkk f(x) = xlim

r Fkk
0 a x

x b
g(x) = xlim
then 0 a x
x b
g(x) = xlim

0 a x
(A) f(x) = g(x)

(B) f(x) > g(x)
(C) f(x) = g(x) only if a = b
(D) f(x) < g (x)
(A) f(x) = g(x)

(B) f(x) > g(x)
(C) f(x) = g(x)
gS
] rc -
dsoy ; fn a = b
(D) f(x) < g (x)

TSS
Corporate Head Office : Motion Education Pvt. Ltd., 394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota-5 (Raj.)
Education is the most powerful weapon which you can use to change the world
Page # 3
3.
The shortest distance (S.D.) between lines
x 3 y 8 z3
x3 y7 z6
and
is3
1
2
4
1
3
4.
(A) 3 30
(B)
(C) 2 30
(D) 4 30
3.
x3 y7 z6
dse/; y ?kq
r e nw
j h (S.D.) gS
3
2
4
30
A football match may be either won, draw or
4.
lost by the host countrys team. so , there

are three ways of forecasting the result of
any one match, one correct and two incorrect. Find the probability of forecasting at
least three correct results for four matches.
5.
(A) 1/9
(B) 2/9
(C) 2.7
(D) None
5.
The root of the equation

2(1 + i)x2 4(2 i)x 5 3i = 0
where i =
x 3 y 8 z3
r Fkk
3
1
1
j s[kkvksa
(A) 3 30
(B)
(C) 2 30
(D) 4 30
30
, d Qq
VckW
y esp est cku ns'kdhVhe } kj kt hr k, MkW
; kgkj k
t kl dr kgS
Afdl h, d esp dsi fj .kke dsckj sesai q
okZ
uq
eku
y xkusdsr hu r j hdsgS
] , d l ghr Fkk nksxy r A r c pkj
espksadsi q
okZ
uq
ekuksaesal sde l sde r hu i q
oku
Zq
eku l ghgksus
dhi zkf; dr k gS(A) 1/9
(B) 2/9
(C) 2.7
(D) dks
bZugha
l ehdj .k 2(1 + i)x2 4(2 i)x 5 3i = 0

t gk i = 1 , dk ew
y ft l dk eki ka
d vf/kd gS
, gS
1 , which has greater modulus, is
3 5i
(B)
3i
(D)
3 5i
(A)
2
5 3i
(B)
2
(A)
3i
(C)
2
1 3i
(D)
2
(C)
5 3i
2
1 3i
: 0744-2209671, 08003899588 | url : www.motioniitjee.com,
cM+k lkspks vkSj gkjus ls er MjksA
:info@motioniitjee.com

6.
Page # 4
Let a1i a 2j a 3k , b1i b 2j b3k a nd
6.
c1i c2 j c3k , | | = 2, makes angle /6

c1i c2 j c3k , | | = 2, ; , oa dsl er y
with the plane of and and angle between
a1
b
and is /4, then 1
c1
a2
b2
c2
a3
b3
c3
ekuk a1i a 2j a 3k , b1i b 2j b3k r Fkk
dsl kFk/6 dks.kcukr kgSr Fkk , oa dse/; dks.k/

a1
4 gS
, r c b1
c1
is equal to
a2
b2
c2
a3
b3
c3
dk eku gS(t gk n l e i zkr
la
[ ; kgS
)
(where n is even natural number)
n
| || | 2
(A)

(| || |) n
(B)
2n / 2

(| || |) n / 2
(C)
2n
7.
r
r 1
If A(r) = 2 r
n
| || | 2
(A)
2

(| || |) n / 2
(C)
2n
(D) None of these
r 1
r
2 r 2
r 2
r 1
, where is com2 r 4
plex cube root of unity. Then (A) A(r) is singular only if r is even
(B) A(r) is singular only if r is odd
(C) A(r) is singular
(D) A(r) is non-singular

(| || |) n
(B)
2n / 2
7.
r
r 1
; fn A(r) = 2 r
(D)
r 1
r
2 r 2
buesal sdksbZugha
r 2
r 1
, t gk bdkbZdk
2 r 4
l fEeJ ?kuew
y gS
] rc (A) A(r) vO
;q
Re.kh; gksxk dsoy ; fn r l e gS
(B) A(r) vO
;q
Re.kh; gksxk dsoy ; fn r fo"ke gS
(C) A(r) vO
;q
Re.kh; gksxk
(D) A(r) O
;q
Re.kh; gksxk
The roots of education are bitter, but the fruit is sweet
Page # 5
n
Pn
If f(x) =
n
Cn
n
8.
n 1
Pn 1
n 1
C n 1
n 1
n2
Pn 2
. Then f(x) is
n 2
Cn2
n
8.
9.
(A) n2 + n
(B) n 1
(A) n2 + n
n2
(D) None
(C)
cos 1 x tan cos 1 x =

4
2
4
2
9.
tan
2 1 x2
(A)
x
2 1 x2
(B)
x
10.
Area bounded by the curve y = f(x), y = x

and the lines x = 1, x = t is (t +
1 t 2
1) sq. units for all t > 1. If f(x) satisfying f

(x) > x for all x > 1, then f (x) is equal to -
x
1 x 2
n 2
Pn 2
, r ksf(x) fuEu
Cn2
(D) dks
bZugha
cos 1 x tan cos 1 x =

4 2
4 2
2 1 x2
x
(B)
(A) x + 1 +
n2
(B) n 1
n2
(C)
(D) None of these
1 x2
(C) 1 +
Pn 1
n 1
C n 1
tan
(A)
x
(C)
n2
n 1
; fn f(x) = n Pn
Cn
} kj kfoHkkft r gksxk-
divisible by -
(C)
n 1
n2
x
1 x
(D) bues
sal
1 x2
1 x 2
i fj c) {ks=kQy l Hkht > 1 dsfy , (t + 1 t 2 2

1) oxZbdkbZgS
A ; fn f(x) l Hkh x > 1 ds fy ,
f (x) > x dksl a
rq
"V dj r k gS
,r c f(x) cj kcj gSx
(A) x + 1 +
1 x
x
1 x 2
sdksbZugha
o y = f(x), y = x r Fkk j s[kkvksax = 1, x = t l s
(B) x +
(D)
10.
2 1 x2
x
x
2
(B) x +
x
(C) 1+
1 x
1 x 2
x
(D)
1 x 2
iwjs fo'okl ds lkFk vius liuks dh rjQ cM+k]s ogh ftanxh ft;ks ftldh dYiuk vkius dh gSA
11.
Given f(x) = 4 x
2
tan [ x ]
;
g(x) = x
1
;
x0
x0
Page # 6
3/ 2
11.
fn; k gSfd f(x) = 4 x

2
tan [ x ]
;
x
1
;
g(x) =
; h(x) = {x},
f (t)dt
(A) f, g, h
(B) h, k
(C) f, g
(D) g, h, k
t gk[x] r Fkk{x} egke i w
. kkZ
a
d Qy u r FkkfHkUukRed
Hkkx Qy u dksn' kkZ

r sgS
A
x
and f(x) satisfies the fol-
12.
ekukg(x) = f ( t )dt r Fkk f(x) fuEufy f[ kr kr Z

a
lowing condition f(x + y) = f(x) + f(y) + 2xy
f(x + y) = f(x) + f(y) + 2xy 1, x, y R
1, x, y R and f (0) =
] rc
dksl Ur q
"B dj r k gSr Fkk f (0) = 3 a a 2 gS
x dsekuks
adk l a
iw
. kZl eq
Pp; gS
] t gk g(x) o/kZ
eku gS-
3 a a 2 , then
the exhaustive set of values of x where g(x)

increases is -
(A) ,
2
(C) (0, )
13.
; h(x) = {x},
x0
gS
] r c fdl dsfy , [0, 1] esa
ya
xzkt e/; eku i zes; y kxqughagS-
Let g(x) =
k (x) = 5log2 ( x 3) ,
k (x) = 5log2 ( x 3) , then in [0, 1] Lagranges

Mean value theorem is NOT applicable to (A) f, g, h
(B) h, k
(C) f, g
(D) g, h, k
where [x] & {x} denotes G.I.F. and fractional
part function respectively.
12.
x0
3/ 2
3
(B) ,0
2
(D) ( , )
cos x x sin x
dx is equal to
x ( x cos x )
13.
c
x
cos
x
(A) log{x(x+cosx)}+c (B) log
x cos x
c (D) None of these
x
(C) log
(A) ,
2
3
(B) ,0
2
(C) (0, )
(D) ( , )
cos x x sin x
dx cj kcj gS
&
x ( x cos x )
c
x cos x
(A) log{x(x+cosx)}+c (B) log
x cos x
c (D) buesl sdks
bZugha
x
(C) log
It is the mark of an educated mind to be able to entertain a thought without accepting it
Page # 7
14.
If p and q are order and degree of differen2
14.
d y
dy
+ x2y2 =
tial equation y 2 + 3x
dx
dx
d2 y
dy
+ x2y2 = sin x dhdks
fV
y 2 + 3x
dx
dx
sin x, then :
(A) p > q
(C) p = q
15.
(1 x x
(C) xe x x c
16.
r Fkk ?kkr gS
, rc:
(A) p > q
(C) p = q
(A) ( x 1)e x x c
1
(B) p/q = 1/2

(D) p < q
)e x x dx is equal to -
15.
1
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
)e x x dx dk eku gS-
(D) xe x x c
Statement-I : If |z1| = 1, |z2| = 2, |z3| = 3

and |z1 + 2z2 + 3z3| = 6. Then the value of
|z2z3 + 8z3z1 + 27z1z2| is 36.
Statement-II : |z1+ z2 + z3| |z1| + |z2| + |z3|
Both Statement-I and Statement-II are true
but Statement-II is not correct explanation
of the Statement-I.
Both Statement-I and Statement-II are true
and the Statement-II is correct explanation
of the Statement-I.
Statement-I is true but the Statement-II is false
Statement-I is false but Statement-II is true
(A) ( x 1)e x x c
(C) xe x x c
16.
(B) ( x 1)e x x c
1
(D) xe x x c
l ehdj .k ax2 + bx + c = 0, t gk a, b, c f=kHkq

t
ABC dhH
kq
t k, gS
ar Fkkl
ehdj .kx2 + 2 x + 1 = 0 ds
ew
y l eku gSr ksC dk eki gksxk-
x2 + 2 x + 1 = 0 have a common root. The

measure of C is(A) 90
(B) 45
(C) 60
(D) None of these
17.
(1 x x
(B) p/q = 1/2

(D) p < q
(B) ( x 1)e x x c
The equation ax2 + bx + c = 0, where a, b, c

are the sides of a ABC and the equation
; fn p r Fkkq e' k%vody l ehdj .k
(A) 90
(C) 60
17.
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(B) 45
(D) bues
al
sdksbZugha
dFku-I : ; fn |z1| = 1, |z2| = 2, |z3| = 3 r Fkk

|z1 + 2z2 + 3z3| = 6 r c |z2z3 + 8z3z1 + 27z1z2|
dk eku 36 gS
A
dFku-II : |z1+ z2 + z3| |z1| + |z2| + |z3|
dFku-I vkS
j dFku-II nksuka
sl ghgSi j Ur qdFku-II, dFkuI dk l ghLi "Vhdj .k ughagS
dFku-I vkS
j dFku-II nksuka
sl ghgSr FkkdFku-II, dFku-I
dk l ghLi "Vhdj .k gS
dFku-I l ghgSi j Ur qdFku-II xy r gS
dFku-I xy r gSi j Ur qdFku-II l ghgS
eqf'dys oks phtsa gksrh gS] tks gesa rc fn[krh gS tc gekjk /;ku y{; ij ugha gksrkA
Page # 8
2 1
18.
3 4
If three matrices A = 4 1 , B = 2 3 and
2 1
18.
3 4
. Then
2 3
C=
C = 2
A(BC) 2
ABC
+tr
tr(A)+tr
4
2
++ =
(A) 6
(C) 12
19.
+tr A(BC)
(B) 9
(D) None
For x1, x2, y1, y2 R, if 0 < x1 < x2, y1 = y2

and z1 = x1 + iy1, z2 = x2 + iy2 and z3 =
19.
1
(z
2 1
+tr A(BC)
++ =
(A) 6
(B) 9
(C) 12
(D) dks
bZugha
x1, x2, y1, y2 R dsfy , ] ; fn 0 < x1 < x2, y1 = y2
, oaz1 = x1 + iy1, z2 = x2 + iy2 r Fkkz3 =
1
(z +
2 1
z2), r ksz1, z2, z3 fuEu dksl a

rq
"V dj r sgS(A) | z1 | = | z2 | = | z3 |
(B) | z1 | < | z2 | < | z3 |
(C) | z1 | > | z2 | > | z3 |
(D) | z1 | < | z3 | < | z2 |
+ z2), then z1, z2, z3 satisfy (A) | z1 | = | z2 | = | z3 |

(B) | z1 | < | z2 | < | z3 |
(C) | z1 | > | z2 | > | z3 |
(D) | z1 | < | z3 | < | z2 |
20.
4
] rc
3 gS
A(BC) 2
ABC
tr(A)+tr 2 +tr
4
3 4
; fn r hu vkO
;w
g A = 4 1 , B = 2 3 r Fkk
The equation of the plane passing through

the point (1, 3, 2) and perpendicular to planes
x + 2y + 3z = 5 and 3x + 3y + z = 9 is(A) 7x 8y 3z + 25 = 0
(B) 7x 8y + 3z + 25 = 0
(C) 7x 8y + 3z 25 = 0
(D) 7x + 8y + 3z 25 = 0
20.
fcUnq(1, 3, 2) l sxq
t j usoky sr Fkk l er y ksa
x + 2y + 3z = 5 o 3x + 3y + z = 9 dsy Ecor ~
l er y dhl ehdj .k gS(A) 7x 8y 3z + 25 = 0
(B) 7x 8y + 3z + 25 = 0
(C) 7x 8y + 3z 25 = 0
(D) 7x + 8y + 3z 25 = 0
Any man who reads too much and uses his own brain too little falls into lazy habits of thinking.
Page # 9
21.
The length of the perpendicular from the ori-
gin to the plane passing through the point a
and containing the line r b c is -
21.
l er y i j ew
y fcUnql sMky sx; sy Ec dhy EckbZgS
[a b c ]
[a b c ]
(A) (B)
[a b b c c a ]
[a b b c ]
[a b c ]
[a b c ]
(A) (B)
[a b b c c a ]
[a b b c ]
[a b c ]

(C)
[b c c a ]
2
22.
[a b c ]
(C)
[b c c a ]
[a b c ]
(D)
[c a a b]
1
1
cos ec101 x dx
x
x
22.
23.
24.
(B) 1
(D) 101/2
If the function
f (x) = x3 + 3 (a 7)x2 + 3(a2 9) x 1 has
a positive point of maximum, then (A) a (3, ) (, 3)
(B) a ( ,3) (3, 29/7)
(C) ( , 7)
(D) (, 29/7)
23.
If the normal to the curve y = f(x) at x = 0

be given by the equation 3x y + 3 = 0,
then the value of
24.
Lim x 2 {f ( x 2 ) 5f ( 4x 2 ) 4f (7 x 2 )}1 , isx 0

(A) 1/3
(C) 1/5
(B) 1/3
(D) 1/4
[a b c ]
(D)
[c a a b]
1
x dx
x
101
x cos ec
1/ 2
1/ 2
(A) 1/4
(C) 0
fcUnqa l sxq
t j usokysr Fkkj s[kk r b c dksj [ kusokys
(A) 1/4
(B) 1
(C) 0
(D) 101/2
; fn Qy u
f (x) = x3 + 3 (a 7)x2 + 3(a2 9) x 1
kukRed mfPp"B fcUnqj [ kr k gSr c (A) a (3, ) (, 3)
(B) a ( ,3) (3, 29/7)
(C) ( , 7)
(D) (, 29/7)
,d /
; fn o y = f(x) dsx = 0 i j vfHky Ec] l ehdj .k

3x y + 3 = 0 ds} kj k fn; k t kr k gS
, rc
Lim x 2 {f ( x 2 ) 5f ( 4x 2 ) 4f (7 x 2 )}1 dk eku gS
x 0
(A) 1/3
(C) 1/5
(B) 1/3
(D) 1/4

25.
Page # 10
Suppose that f is a differentiable function
25.
with the property that f(x + y) = f(x) + f(y)
ekukfd f vody uh; Qy u gSr Fkk fuEu xq

. k/keZj [ kr k gS
f(x + y) = f(x) + f(y) + xy r Fkk
1
f(h) = 3, thenh
lim
1
f(h) = 3 r c h
(A) f is a linear function
(A) f
j s[kh; Qy u gS
(B) f(x) = 3x + x2
(B) f(x) = 3x + x2
+ xy and lim
h0
h0
(C) f(x) = 3x +
x
2
(C) f(x) = 3x +
(D) none of these
26.
27.
lim
n
(D)
1 1
2
3n
.....
is equal to
n n 1 n 2
4n
26.
x2
2
buesal sdksbZugha
lim
n
1 1
2
3n
.....
cj kcj gSn n 1 n 2
4n
(A) log 4
(B) log 4
(A) log 4
(B) log 4
(C) 1 log 4
(D) None of these
(C) 1 log 4
(D)
A class has 21 students. The class teacher
27.
buesal sdksbZugha
, d d{kkesa21 fo| kFkhZgSd{kkv/; ki d dksr fo| kfFkZ

; ksads
has been asked to make n groups of r stu-
nl
dents each and go to zoo taking one group
dksfpfM+
; k?kj y st kr sgSl ew
g esafdr usy ksx vk; sxsa(r dk
at a time. The size of group (i.e. The value

of r) for which the teacher goes to the zoo
maximum number of times is (No group can
ew
g cukusdksdgkt kr kgSvkS
j , d l e; i j , d l ew
g
eku) ft l dsfy ; sv/; ki d fpfM+

; k?kj vf/kd l svf/kd ckj
t kr kgks]gS(dksbZHkhl ew
g nksckj fpfM;+k?kj ughat kl dr k)
(A) 9
go to the zoo twice)

(A) 9 or 10
(B) 10 or 11
(C) 11 or 12
(D) 12 or 13
; k10
(C) 11
; k12
(B) 10
; k11
(D) 12
; k13
Page # 11
28.
The value of nlim
(A)
(C) /4
29.
30.
cot
r 1
1
3
r r
r
is
28.
(B) /2
(D) /2
The function f : R R is defined by

f(x) = cos2 x + sin4 x for x R, then range of
f (x) is
lim
n
cot
r 1
(A)
(C) /4
29.
(B) /2
(D) /2
Qyu f : R R ; f(x) = cos2 x + sin4 x ; x R

} kj k i fj Hkkf"kr gS
] r ksf (x) dki fj l j gS
3
3
(A) , 1
4
3
(B) , 1
4
(A) , 1
4
3
(C) , 1
4
3
(D) , 1
4
(C) , 1
4
If f (x) be a continuous function defined for

1 x 3, f (x) Q x [1, 3], f (B) = 10,
then f (1.8) is
(where Q is a set of all rational numbers)
(A) 1
(B) 5
(C) 10
(D) 20
30.
1
3
r r
r
dk eku gS
3
4
(B) , 1
4
(D) , 1
; fn f (x) l a
r r ~Qy u gS
] t ks 1 x 3 ds fy ,
f (x) Q x [1, 3], } kj k i fj H
kkf"kr gSr Fkk
f (B) = 10 gS
] r ksf (1.8) gS
a
(t gkQ l H
khi fj es; l a
[ ; kvksdk l eq
Pp; gS
)
(A) 1
(C) 10
(B) 5
(D) 20
Page # 12
PART - II [PHYSICS]
SECTION - A
SECTION - A
[ oLr q
fu"B i
zd kj dsi z'u ]
out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
A
1.
1.
2.
An infinitely long rod lies along the axis of a

concave mirror of focal length f . The near
end of the rod is at a distance u > f from
the mirror. Its image will have a length (A)
f2
uf
(B)
uf
uf
(C)
f2
uf
(D)
uf
uf
Two equal positive point charges q are held

at a fixed distance a apart. A point test
charge is located in a plane that is normal to
the line joining these charges and midway
between them. What is the radius r of the
circle in this plane for which the force on the
test particle has maximum value ?
2.
, d vuUr : i l sy Ech NM+, d f Qksd l y EckbZds, d

vor y ni Z
. kdhv{kdsvuq
fn' kj [ khgS
ANM+dkfudV fl j k
ni Z
. k l s, d nw
j hu > f i j fLFkr gS
A bl dsfr fcEc dh
y EckbZgksxh(A)
f2
uf
(B)
uf
uf
(C)
f2
uf
(D)
uf
uf
nkscj kcj /kukRed fcUnqvkos'kksaq dksa nw

j hi j fLFkj j [ kk
x; k gS
A , d fcUnqi fj {k.k vkos'k dksml r y esaj [ kk x; k
gSt ksmu vkos'kksadkst ksMu
+sokyhj s[kkdsyEcor ~r Fkkmuds
e/; esagS
Abl r y esao`kdhf=kT; kr D; kgksxhft l dsfy; s
i fj {k.k d.k i j cy vf/kdr e eku j [ ksxk?
a
2
a
2
a
2
(A) a/ 2
(B)
a/2 2
(C) a/2
(D)
2a
a
2
(A) a/ 2
(B) a/2 2
(C) a/2
(D)
2a
Page # 13
3.
Four identical charged particles, each +Q, are

fixed at the corners of a square of side a. A
free point charge of mass m and charge q
is placed at the centre of square. It is slightly
displaced along a line passing through the
centre of square and perpendicular to the
plane of square and then released. Assuming
that displacement of q along the said line is
quite small as compared to a q will -
3.
(A)
1 3 2qQ
(A) execute S.H.M. of frequency
2 m 0a 3
3 2qQ
dj r k gSr Fkk oxZdk dsU ml dh LFkkbZl kE;

fLFkfr esagksxkA
(B)
1 2 2qQ
(B) execute S.H.M. of frequency
2 m 0a 3
2 2qQ
oxZds dsU ds l ki s{k 2

vko`fk l s
m 0a 3
dj r k gSr Fkk oxZdk dsUml dh vLFkkbZl kE;

fLFkfr esagksxkA
S.H.M.
about the centre of square and centre of

square will be its unstable equilibrium position
1 2 2qQ
(C) execute S.H.M. of frequency
2 m 0a 3
(C)
2 2qQ
oxZds dsU ds l ki s{k 2 m a 3 vko`fk l s

0
dj r k gSr Fkk oxZdk dsU ml dh LFkkbZl kE;

fLFkfr esagksxkA
S.H.M.

square will be its stable equilibrium position
1 3 2qQ
(D) execute S.H.M. of frequency
2 m 0a 3
(D)
3 2qQ

0
dj r k gSr Fkk oxZdk dsUml dh vLFkkbZl kE;

fLFkfr esagksxkA
S.H.M.

square will be its unstable equilibrium position
In the fusion reaction, 1H2 + 1H2 2He3 +
1
0n The masses of deutrons, helium and
neutron expressed in amu are 2.015, 3.017
and 1.009 respectively. If 1 kg of deuterium
undergoes complete fusion. Find the amount
of total energy release, 1 amu = 931 MeV/C2
(A) 6 1013 J
(B) 5.6 1013 J
(C) 9 1013 J
(D) 0.9 1013 J

0
S.H.M.

square will be its stable equilibrium position
4.
pkj l e: i vkosf' kr d.kksa

] R; sd +Q dksa Hkq
t kds, d oxZ
ds dksuksa i j fLFkj j [ kk x; k gS
A m O
; eku r Fkk
q vkos
' kds, d Lor a
=kfcUnqvkos'kdksoxZdsdsUi j j [ kk
x; kgS
Aml soxZdsdsUl sr FkkoxZdsr y dsy Ecor ~j s[kk
dsvuq
fn' kfoLFkkfi r fd; kt kr kgSr FkkfQj eq
fd; kt kr k
gS
A; g ekfu; sfd q dkfoLFkki u nhxbZj s[kkdsvuq
fn' k
a dh r q
y uk esacgq
r de gS
] r ksq -
4.
la
y ; u vfHkf; kesa1H2 + 1H2 2He3 + 0n1 M~
;w
VkW
u]
ghfy ; o U;w
VkW
u dsamu esaO
; Dr fd; sx; snzO
; eku e' k%
2.015, 3.017 o 1.009 gS
A ; fn 1 kg M~
;w
Vhfj ; e dk
iw
. kZl a
y ; u gksrkgS
Aeq
Dr dq
y t kZdhek=kkKkr dhft ,
(1 amu = 931 MeV/C2)
(A) 6 1013 J
(B) 5.6 1013 J
13
(C) 9 10 J
(D) 0.9 1013 J

5.
Page # 14
Figure shows the intensity - wavelength

relations of X-rays coming from two different
5.
nksfofHkUu dw
fy t ufy dkvksal svkusoky hX- fdj .kksadh
r hozrk o r j a
xnS
/; Zdse/; xzkQ fp=kkuq
l kj gS
a
A l r r ~o
coolidge tubes. The solid curve represents

the relation for the tube A in which the
uy hA dsfy ; sft l esavkj ksfi r foHkokUr j VA r Fkk y {;
potential difference between the target and

the filament is VA and the atomic number of
/kkr qdk i j ek.kqeka

d ZA] nw
l j huy hdsfy ; sbudkeku
the target material is ZA. These quantities
VB
o ZB gS
a
A r ks&
Intensity
Intensity
are VB and ZB for the other tube. Then
K K
B A
K K
B A
Wavelength
Wavelength
(A) VA > VB, ZA > ZB
(C) VA < VB, ZA > ZB
(A) VA > VB, ZA > ZB (B) VA > VB , ZA < ZB

(C) VA < VB, ZA > ZB (D) VA < VB, ZA < ZB
6.
Four masses are fixed on a massless rod as
0.2 m
0.2 m
2 kg
0.2 m
6.
0.2 m
5 kg
2 kg
2 kg
shown in the figure. The moment of inertia

about the axis P is about (A) 2 kg metre2
(B) 1 kg metre2
(C) 0.5 kg metre2 (D) 0.3 kg metre2
7.
pkj nzO
; eku fp=kkuq
l kj nzO
; ekughu NM+i j fp=kkuq
l kj
fQDl gS
A
0.2 m
0.2 m
5 kg
Some equipotential plane parallel surface are

shown in the figure. The plane are inclined
to x-axis by 45 and distance from one plane
to another plane along x-axis is 20 cm. The
electric field is
(B) VA > VB , ZA < ZB

(D) VA < VB, ZA < ZB
5 kg
0.2 m
0.2 m
5 kg
2 kg
P v{k dsl ki s
{k t M+
Ro vk?kw
. kZgSy xHkx (A) 2 kg metre2
(B) 1 kg metre2
2
(C) 0.5 kg metre
(D) 0.3 kg metre2
7.
dq
N l efoHko l ekUr j l r gsauhpsfp=k esan' kkZ
bZxbZgS
A
; g r y x-v{k l s45 vki fr r gSr Fk , d r y dh
nw
l j sr y l sx-v{k dsvuq
fn' k nw
j h 20 cm gS
A r ks
fo| q
r {ks=k gS
Page # 15
45
20cm
45
20cm
40cm 60cm 80cm

150V 125V 100V
150V 125V 100V
75V
ij
ij
(C) 177 V, x-v{k l s45 i j
(D) 125 V, x-v{k l s135 i j
(B) 125 V, x-v{k l s45
Three atomic states of a hydrogenic atom

are shown in the figure. The transition from C
to B yields a photon of wavelength 364.6 nm
and the transition from B to A yields a photon
of wavelength 121.5 nm. Then the transition
from C to A will yield a photon of wavelength
8.
fp=kesagkbMkst u i j ek.kqdhr hu voLFkk, n' kkb

ZZxbZgS
A
aC l sB
rd l a
e.kl s, d QksVkW
u mRl ft rZ gksrkgSft l dhr j a
xnS
/; Z
364.6 nm gSr FkkB l sA es
al
a e.k dsnkS
j ku , d QksVku
W
mRl ft Z
r gksrkgSft l dhr j a
xnS
/; 121.5
Z
nm gS
] r ksC l sA r d
la
e.kdsnkS
j ku mRl ft Z
r QksVkW
u dhr j a
xnS
/; Zgksxh
C
364.6 nm
364.6 nm
B
121.5 nm
121.5 nm
A
(A) 91.2 nm
(C) 486.1 nm
9.
(C)
3
2
1
3
(A) 91.2 nm
(C) 486.1 nm
(B) 243.1 nm
(D) none of above
Light incident at angle 60 on a medium.

Reflected light is found perfectly plane polarised.
Find refractive index of that medium (A)
75V
(A) 177 V, x-v{k l s135
(A) 177 V at 135 with x-axis

(B) 125 V at 45 with x-axis
(C) 177 V at 45 with x-axis
(D) 125 V at 135 with x-axis
8.
40cm 60cm 80cm
(B)
9.
i zd k' k , d ek/; e i j 60 dks.k i j vki fr r gksrk gS

i j kofr Z
r i zd k' ki .wkZ
: i l sl er y /kzq
for i k; kt kr kgS
Abl
ek/; e dk vi or Z
uka
d Kkr dhft , (A)
(D) None of these
(B) 243.1 nm
(D) bues
al sdksbZugha
(C)
3
2
1
(B)
(D)
buesal sdksbZugha

10.
The visibility of fringes for intensity ratio 3 in

YDSE is -
4
5
(A)
;a
x f} fNnzi z;ksx esar hozrk vuq
i kr 3 dsfy , fUt ksadh
n`' ; r k gksxh4
5
(A)
3
2
(D)
10.
5
4
(B)
(C)
11.
Page # 16
(C)
A conducting bar is moving along two parallel

conducting bars, connected across a resistor
R. The velocity of the conducting bar is
constant in magnetic field B. The conducting
bar oscillates between positions B and C,
11.
5
4
(B)
3
2
(D)
, d pky d NM+, d i zfr j ks/kR l st q

M+
snksl ekUr j pky d
NM+
ksdsvuq
fn' kxfr ' khy gS
Apky d NM+dkosx pq
Ecdh;
{ks=kB esafu; r gSpky d NM+ck ; cy ksadsdkj .kfLFkfr
A l s kq
: gksd j fLFkfr ; kB r FkkC dse/; nksy u dj r h
starting from position A due to some external
gS
A l e; (t) dsfo: ) i zsfj r /kkj k (I) dsi fj ek. k dk
forces. Plot the magnitude of induced current
xzkQ gksxk :
(I) against time (t):
L0
R
C
L0
A
R
C
L0
A
(A)
L0
(B)
(A)
(B)
I
(C)
(D)
I
t
(C)
I
t
(D)
Page # 17
12.
For two circuits

as shown, find
th e
co rre ct
graph between
current (i) and
time (t), if
L1 < L2 : (The
steady state
current is same
for both circuits)
L1
circuit-1
v
L2
R2
circuit-2
2
1
(B)
1
(B)
i
1
(D)
(C)
Find the reading of voltmeter across the

resistance and ammeter in the circuit :
13.
100
V
V
V
250V 250V
500V, 50Hz
A
(A) 500 V, 5 A
(C) 250 V, 10 A
(A) 500 V, 5 A
(B) 250 V, 5 A
(C) 250 V, 10 A
(D) 500 V, 2.5 A
An alternating current is given by
( 3 sin t + cos t). The rms current is :
(B) 2
(C) 2 2
(D) 4
i fj i Fkesai zfr j ks/kdsfl j ksi j oksYVehVj dk i kB; ka

d r Fkk
vehVj i kB~
; ka
d Kkr dhft , :
V
V
V
250V 250V
500V, 50Hz
A
(A) 2
(D)
100
14.
R2
circuit-2
i
1
L2
v
i
(A)
t
i
(C)
2
1
R1
circuit-1
i
i
(A)
L1
n' kkZ
, x, nksi fj i Fkksa
ds fy , /kkj k (i)
r Fkk l e; (t) d s
e/; l gh xzkQ gksxk
L1 < L2 : (LFkk; h
voLFkk/kkjknksuksai fj i Fkksa
dsfy, l eku gS
)
13.
12.
R1
14.
(B) 250 V, 5 A
(D) 500 V, 2.5 A
, d i zR; kor hZ/kkj k ( 3 sin t + cos t) } kj k nhxbZ

gS
A oxZ
ek/; ew
y /kkj k gksxh:
(A) 2
(B)
(C) 2 2
(D) 4

15.
16.
A chain of mass M is placed on a smooth

table with 1/n of its length L hanging over
the edge. The work done in pulling the hanging
portion of the chain back to the surface of
the table is (A) MgL/n
(B) MgL/2n
(C) MgL/n2
(D) MgL/2n2
15.
Three masses 700 gm,

500 gm and 400 gm are
suspended at the end
of a spring as shown
and are in equilibrium.
700 g
When the 700 gm mass
500 g
is removed, the system
400 g
oscillates with a period
of 3 seconds; when the
500 gm mass is also removed, it will oscillate
with a period of :
(A) 1 sec
(B) 2 sec
16.
(C) 3 sec
17.
18.
Page # 18
(D)
M nz
O
; eku
dh, d psu , d fpduhest i j ml dhy EckbZ
L ds1/n H
kkx
l s, d fdukj sl sy Vdhgq
bZgSpsu dsy Vds
gq
, sHkkx dksoki l est dhl r g i j [ kha
pusesafd; k x; k
dk; Zgksxk
(A) MgL/n
(B) MgL/2n
(C) MgL/n2
(D) MgL/2n2
fp=kkuq
l kj , d fLi za
x dsfl j ksa
i j r hu nzO
; eku 700 xzke,
500 xz
ke r Fkk400 xzke yVds
gS
avkS
j l kE; koLFkk esagS
a
At c
700
700 g
xzke oky snzO

; eku dks
500 g
gVk; kt kr kgS
]rc ; gl a
d k;
3
400 g
l sd . M d snksy u dky l s
nksy u dj r k gS
( t c 500 xzke dksHkhgVk; k t kr k gS
] rc
bl dk nksy u dky gksxk:
12
sec
5
A projectile is thrown in the upward direction

making an angle of 60 with the horizontal
direction with a velocity of 147 ms1. Then
the time after which its inclination with the
horizontal is 45, is (A) 15 s
(B) 10.98 s
(C) 5.49 s
(D) 2.745 s
17.
A projectile is fired vertically upwards from

the surface of the earth with a velocity kve,
where ve is the escape velocity and k < 1. If
R is the radius of the earth, the maximum
height to which it will rise measured from the
centre of earth will be : (Neglect air resistance)
18.
(A) 1 sec
(B) 2 sec
(C) 3 sec
(D)
12
sec
5
, d i z{ksI; dks/okZ
/kj fn' kkesa{kS
fr t l s60 dkdks.kcukr s
1
gq
; s147 ms dsosx l sQS
a
d kt kr kgS
a
Aog l e; ft l ds
ckn ml dk {kS
fr t l svkur dks.k45 gS
] gksxk(A) 15 s
(C) 5.49 s
(B) 10.98 s
(D) 2.745 s
, d i z{ksi kve osx l si `Fohdhl r g l s/okZ

/kj i j dhvksj
nkxkx; kgS
, t gkve i y k; u os
x gSr Fkkk < 1 gS
A; fn R
i `Fohdhf=kT; k gS
, r ksvf/kdr e pkbZt gkr d ; g i `Foh
dsdsUnzl sc<+
r k gq
v k i gq
p i k; sxk : (ok; qi zfr j ks/k ux.;
fyft , )
Page # 19
1 k2
R
(B)
(C) R(1 k2)
(D)
(A)
19.
R
1 k
1 k2
R
(B)
1 k2
(C) R(1 k2)
(D)
1 k2
(A)
R
1 k2
The figure shows two NAND gates followed
19.
by a NOR gate. The system is equivalent to
fp=k n' kkZ

r k gSfd nksNAND } kj , d NOR } kj r d
vuq
l fj r gS
A fudk; fuEu r kfdZ
d } kj dsr q
Y; gS
the following logic gate

A
A
X
B
20.
Z
Y
(A) OR
(B) AND
(C) NAND
(D) None of these
Charge q is uniformly distributed over the

surface of an annula, non-conducting disc
of inner radius R1 and outer radius R2. The
20.
(A) OR
(B) AND
(C) NAND
(D)
buesal sdksbZugha
vkUr fj d f=kT; k R1 o ck f=kT; k R2 dh , d oy ; kdkj

vpky d pdr h dh l r g i j vkos'k q' , dl eku : i l s
disc is made to rotate about an axis passing
for fj r gS
A; g pdr h] vi usdsUnzl sxq
t j usoky sv{kr Fkk
through its centre and perpendicular to its
bl dsr y dsy Ecor fu; r vko`fr v l s?kw

. kZ
u dj usdsfy ,
plane with a constant frequency v (rotations
fufeZ
r dhxbZgS(?kw
. kZ
u i zfr l sd .M) pdr hdk pq
Ecdh;
per second). Magnetic moment of the disc

can be expressed as :
vk?kw
. kZi znf' kZ
r gS:
qv( R 22 R 12 )
(A)
2
qv( R 22 R 12 )
(B)
2
(A)
qv( R 22 R 12 )
2
(B)
qv( R 22 R 12 )
2
qvR 22
(C)
4
qv( R 22 R 12 )
(D)
4
(C)
qvR 22
4
(D)
qv( R 22 R 12 )
4

21.
Page # 20
In the diagram shown
i = 2A
a semicircular wire loop
case 'a'
1m
is placed in a uniform
magnetic field B = 1 T.
The plane of the loop

is perpendicular to the
i = 2A
magnetic field. Current
B
i = 2A flown in the loop

1m
A
case 'b'
C
in the direction shown.
D 2A
Fin d th e ma gnet ic
force in both the cases

a and b. Radius of the
loop is 1m :
(A) 0, 4 N
(B) 4 N, 0
(C) 0, 8 N
(D) 8 N, 0
Passage Based Question (Q.22 to 24)

We know that a simple harmonic motion has
the following properties.
(i) It is oscillatory
(ii) It is periodic
(iii) Acceleration of the particle is directly
proportional to displacement from mean
position and also always directed towards
mean position
There are many situations such that a charge
may be oscillating. However, the motion may or
may not be simple harmonic. Consider a system
of two equal point charges, each Q = 8C, which
are fixed at points (2m, 0) and (2m, 0). Another
charge q is held at a point (0,0.1m) on the Yaxis. Mass of the charge q is 91 mg. At t = 0, q
is released from rest and it is observed to
oscillate along Y-axis in a simple harmonic
manner. It is also observed that, at t = 0, force
experienced by q is 9 103 N.
21.
j s[kkfp=kesan' kkZ
, , d v) Z
o`kkdkj
r kj dkyw
i , dl eku pq
Ecdh;
{k=
skB = 1 T es
afLFkr gS
a
A yw
i
dkr y pq
Ecdh; {ks=kdsyEcor ~
gS
ayw
i esa/kkj k i = 2A n' kkZ
;h
fn' kk esai zokfgr gksrhgS

A nksuksa
A
fLFkfr ; ksaa r Fkkb esapq

Ecdh;
cy Kkr dj ksA yw
i dh f=kT; k
i = 2A
case 'a'
1m
i = 2A
1m
D 2A
case 'b'
1m gS:
(A) 0, 4 N
(B) 4 N, 0
(C) 0, 8 N
(D) 8 N, 0
x| ka
' k i j v k/kkfj r ' u (Q.22 l s24)
ge t kur sgSfd l j y vkor Zxfr fuEu xq
. k j [ kr hgS
A
(i) og nks
y uhgksrhgS
(ii) og vkor hZgks
r hgS
(iii) d.kdkR
oj .k ek/; fLFkfr l sfoLFkki u dsl ekuq
i kr h
gksrkgSr Fkk ges'kkek/; fLFkfr dhvksj funsZ
f' kr gksrkgS
A
, sl hcgq
r l hfLFkfr ; kagSft uesavkos'knksy u dj l dr kgS
A
gky kfd] xfr l j y vkor hZgks; k ughagksl dr hgS
A R; sd
Q = 8C dsnkscj kcj fcU
nqvkos'kt ksfcUnq
v ksa(2m, 0)
o (2m, 0) i j fLFkj gS
] dsfudk; i j fopkj dhft ; sA
vU; vkos'k q dksY-v{k i j fcUnq(0,0.1m) i j j [ kk gS
A
vkos'kq dkO
; eku 91 mg gS
At = 0 i j q dksfoj ke l s
NksM+
kt kr kgSr Fkkog Y-v{kdsvuq
fn' kl j y vkor hZ: i
l snksy u dj r k sf{kr fd; k t kr k gS
A ; g Hkh sf{kr fd; k
t kr kgSfd t = 0 i j q } kj kvuq
Hko cy 9 103 N gS
A
fuEu ' uksadsmkj nhft ; sA
Page # 21
22.
23.
24.
Answer the following questions

Charge q is (A) 8 C
(B) 6.5 C
(C) 5 C
(D) +6.5 C
22.
Amplitude of motion is (A) 10 cm

(B) 20 cm
(C) 30 cm
(D) 40 cm
23.
Frequency of oscillations is (A) 8

(B) 10
(C) 5
(D) 2
24.
(A) 8 C
(C) 5 C
(B) 20 cm
(D) 40 cm
nksy uksadhvko`fk gS(B) 10

(D) 2
x| ka
' k i j v k/kkfj r (Q.25 l s26)
xksy h; foi Fku (aberration) xksy h; ni Z
. kdk, d , sl knk"sk
gS
At ksQksd l yEckbZf dhvki r u dks.k' i j fuHkjZr kds
dkj .kgksrkgS
] uhpsn' kk;Zsfp=kkuq
l kj A l EcU/kfuEu dkj gS
f=R
R
sec
2
t gkR ni Z
. k dh or k f=kT; k gSr Fkk vki r u dks.k gS
A
fdj .ksat kseq
[ ; v{kdsl ehi gSmi k{kh; (paraxial) fdj .ksa
dgy kr h gSr Fkk eq
[ ; v{k l snw
j oky h fdj .ksal heka
r
(marginal) fdj .ks
adgy kr hgS
Ami j ksDr fuHkZ
j r kdsdkj .k
fdj .ksaQksd l i j fofHkUu fcUnq
v ksai j y kbZt kr hgSr Fkk, d
fcUnqfcEc dkfr fcEc , d fcUnqughagksrkA
where R is radius of curvature of mirror and

is the angle of incidence. The rays which are
closed to principal axis are called paraxial rays
and the rays far away from principal axis are
called marginal rays. As a result of above
dependence rays are brought to focus at
different points and the image of a point object
is not a point.
Principalaxis
xfr dk vk; ke gS(A) 10 cm

(C) 30 cm
R
sec
2
(B) 6.5 C
(D) +6.5 C
(A) 8
(C) 5
Passage Based Question (Q.25 to 26)

Spherical aberration in spherical mirrors is a
defect which is due to dependence of focal
length f on angle of incidence as shown
in figure is given by f=R
vkos'k q gS-
Principalaxis
Pole(P)
Pole(P)
F
f
f
25.
If fp and fm represent the focal length of

paraxial and marginal rays respectively, then
correct relationship is (A) fp = fm
(B)
fp > fm
(C) fp < fm
(D)
None
25.
; fn fp o fm e' k%mi k{kh; r Fkkl heka

r fdj .kksadhQksd l
y Eckb; ksadhn' kkZ
r sgSr ksbudse/; l ghl EcU/k gS(A) fp = fm
(C) fp < fm
(B) fp > fm
(D) dks
bZugha
Page # 22
26.
The total deviation suffered by the ray falling on

mirror at an angle of incidence equal to 60 is (A) 180
(B) 90
(C) Cant be determined
(D) None
Passage : (Q.27 to Q.29)
A tungsten target (z = 74) is bombarded by
electrons in an X-ray tube. The K, L and M
atomic X-rays energy levels for tungsten are
69.5, 11.3 and 2.3 keV
27.
The minimum value of the accelerating

potential that will permit the production of
the characteristic k and klines of tungsten
(A) 69.5 keV
(B) 58.2 keV
(C) 67.2 keV
(D) 11.3 keV
28.
For the same accelerating potential, what is min

(A) 16.9 pm
(B) 17.9 pm
(C) 18.9 pm
(D) 19.9 pm
29.
What is k wavelength ?
(A) 16.5 pm
(B) 17.5 pm
(C) 18.5 pm
(D) 21.5 pm
30.
Statement-I : As shown, the
B
straight conductor when
moves through a magnetic
V
field with a constant velocity
(length, magnetic field
and velocity are mutually
perpendicular) then the rod will experience a force.
Statement-II : The electrons will accumulate
at the lower and of the rod and an electric
field is produced inside the conductor.
(A)If both Statement- I and Statement- II
are true, and Statement - II is the correct
explanation of Statement I.
(B)If both Statement - I and Statement-II
are true but Statement - II is not the correct
(C) If Statement-I is true but Statement-II is false.
(D) If Statement-I is false but Statement-II is true.
26.
ni Z
. k i j , d 60 dks.k i j vki fr r gksusoky hfdj .kksaesa
mRiUu dq
y fopy u gS(A) 180
(B) 90
Kkr ughagksl dr k (D) dksbZugha

x| ka
' k:(Q.27 l sQ.29)
X-fdj .kufydkes
aVa
xLVu(z = 74) dsy{; i j bysDVkW
uksadh
ceckj hdht kr hgS
AVa
xLVu dsfy, X-fdj .kksadsK, L o M ds
i j ekf.o; t kZLr j e' k%69.5, 11.3 o 2.3 keV gS
A
27.
Rofj r foHko dkU;u
wr e eku t ksVa
xLVu dsvfHky k{kf.kd k
o kj s[kkvksadsmRiknu dhvuq
efr nsrk gS
] gksxk
(C)
(A) 69.5 keV

(C) 67.2 keV
28.
29.
30.
(B) 58.2 keV

(D) 11.3 keV
l eku Rofj r foHko dsfy , ,min D; k gS?

(A) 16.9 pm
(C) 18.9 pm
(B) 17.9 pm
(D) 19.9 pm
k r j a
xnS
/; ZD; k gS?
(A) 16.5 pm
(C) 18.5 pm
(B) 17.5 pm
(D) 21.5 pm
d Fku -I : , d l h/kk pky d , d
B
pq
Ecdh; {ks=k esa, d fu; r osx ds
V
l kFk
y EckbZ
] pq
Ecdh; {ks=kr Fkkosx
i j Li j y Ecor gS
xfr dj r kgksr c
NM+, d cy vuq
Hko dj sxhA
dFku -II : by sDVkW
u NM+dsfupy sfl j si j Rofj r gksrsgS
r Fkk fo| q
r {ks=k pky d dsvUnj mRiUu gksrk gS
A
(A) dFku-1 l R
; gS
] dFku-2 l R; gS
A dFku-2, dFku-1
A
(B) dFku-1 l R
; gS
] dFku-2 l R; gS
A dFku-2, dFku-1
dk l ghLi "Vhdj .k ughagS
A
(C) dFku-1 l R
; gS
] dFku-2 vl R; gS
A
(D) dFku-1 vl R
; gS
] dFku-2 l R; gS
A
Page # 23

SECTION - A
SECTION - A
[ oLr q
A
l kE; koLFkkfLFkj ka
d fuEu esal sfdl l si zHkkfor gksrkgS
A
(A) l kU
nzrkmRikn
(B) mR
i zsjd
(C) f; kdkj d l kU
nzrkdki nkFkZ
(D) r ki eku
fuEu esal sdkS
u j kl k; fud vf/k' kks"k.kdsfy , ekU; ughagS
A
(A) vf/k' kks
"k.k dhm"ek mPp gksrhgS
A
(B) ; g mPp r ki i j gks
r hgS
A
(C) ; g mR
e.kh; gS
a
(D) ; g , dy vk.kfod i j r ds: i es
agksrhgS
A
1.
The numerical value of the equilibrium

constant is affected by changing the
(A) concentration of product
(B) catalyst
(C) concentration of reacting substance
(D) temperature
1.
2.
Which one of the following is not applicable

to chemisorption ?
(A) Its heat of adsorption is high
(B) It takes place at high temperature
(C) It is reversible
(D) It forms mono-molecular layers
2.
3.
pH of an aqueous solution of NaCl at 85C

should be
(A) 7
(B) > 7
(C) < 7
(D) 0
3.
4.
The vapour pressure of the solution of two

liquids A (P = 80 mm) and B(P = 120 mm) is
found to be 100 mm when xA = 0.4. The
result shows that (A) Solution exhibits ideal behavior
(B) Solution shows positive deviation
(C) Solution shows negative deviation
(D) None
4.
nksnzoksaA (P = 80 mm) r Fkk B(P = 120 mm) ds

foy ; u dk ok i nkc 100 mm i k; k t kr k gS
Atc
xA = 0.4 gS
A i fj .kke n' kkZ
r sgS
afd &
(A) foy ; u vkn' kZO
; ogkj n' kkZ
r k gS
(B) foy ; u /kukR
ed fopy u n' kkZ
r k gS
(C) foy ; u _ .kkR
ed fopy u n' kkZ
r k gS
(D) dks
bZugha
5.
The volume of atoms present in a face

centred cubic unit cell of a metal (r is atomic
radius) is:
(A) 20/3 r3
(B) 24/3 r3
3
(C) 12/3 r
(D) 16/3 r3
5.
, d /kkr q(i j ek.kqf=kT; k r gS

) dhQyd ds
fUr ?kuh; bdkbZ
dksf"Bdkesami fLFkr i j ek.kq
v ksadkvk; r u gS-
NaCl
dst y h; foy ; u dk 85C i j pH D; k gksxk \
(A) 7
(C) < 7
(A) 20/3 r3
(C) 12/3 r3
(B) > 7
(D) 0
(B) 24/3 r3
(D) 16/3 r3

6.
7.
Page # 24
Order of no. of revolution/sec 1, 2 3 and

4 for I, II, III and IV orbits is (A) 1 > 2 > 3 > 4 (B) 4 > 3 > 2 > 1
(C) 1 > 2 > 4 > 3 (D) 2 > 3 > 4 > 1
6.
When ethyne is passed through a red hot

tube, then formation of benzene takes place:
7.
9.
H f (C 2 H 2 )(g ) = 230 kJ mol1
H f (C 6 H 6 )( g ) = 85 kJ mol1
H f (C 6 H 6 )( g ) = 85 kJ mol1
, Fkkbu l scS
a
t hu dsf=ky dhdj .kdhekud "ekdhx.kuk
dhft , A
(A) 205 kJ mol1
(C) 605 kJ mol1
8.
In the balanced chemical reaction,
9.
aI
bH+
11.
(B) 605 kJ mol1

(D) 205 kJ mol1
; fn Ca3 (PO4)2 vkS

j H3PO3 esaP i j ek.kqdh l eku
la
[ ; kmi fLFkr gksr c bu ; kS
fxdksaesavkW
Dl ht u i j ek.kqdk
vuq
i kr e' k%gS(A) 8/3
(C) 3
(B) 2/3
(D) 4/3
fuEu l a
rq
fy r j kl k; fud vfHkf; kesa
,
IO3 + aI + bH+ cH2O + dI2
cH2O + dI2
a, b, c and d respectively correspond to (A) 5, 6, 3, 3

(B) 5, 3, 6, 3
(C) 3, 5, 3, 6
(D) 5, 6, 5, 5
10.
t c bFkkbu j Dr r Ir uy hl sxq
t kj ht kr hgSr kscS
a
t hu dk
fuekZ
. k i k; k t kr k gS
-
H f (C 2 H 2 )(g ) = 230 kJ mol1
If Ca3 (PO4)2 and H3PO3 contain same number

of P atom then the ratio of oxygen atoms in
these compounds respectively is (A) 8/3
(B) 2/3
(C) 3
(D) 4/3
IO3
dkskdsfy ; s1, 2 3 o 4 ?kw

. kZ
u@l S
- dh
la
[ ; k dk e gksxk (A) 1 > 2 > 3 > 4 (B) 4 > 3 > 2 > 1
(C) 1 > 2 > 4 > 3 (D) 2 > 3 > 4 > 1
Calculate the standard heat of trimerisation

of ethyne to benzene.
(A) 205 kJ mol1
(B) 605 kJ mol1
(C) 605 kJ mol1
(D) 205 kJ mol1
8.
I, II, III o IV
a, b, c o d e' k%r q
Y;
(A) 5, 6, 3, 3
(C) 3, 5, 3, 6
In a reaction A2B3(g) A2(g) + 3/2B2(g), the

pressure changes from 60 torr to 75 torr in 2.5
minutes. The rate of disappearance of A2B3 is(A) 8 torr min1
(B) 18 torr min1
1
(C) 4 torr min
(D) 10 torr min1
10.
The following compounds are to be arranged

in order of their increasing thermal stabilities. Identify the correct order :
K2CO3(I), MgCO3 (II), CaCO3 (III), BeCO3(IV)
(A) I < II < III < IV (B) IV < II < III < I
(C) IV < II < I < III (D) II < IV < III < I
11.
gksxsa(B) 5, 3, 6, 3
(D) 5, 6, 5, 5
vfHkf; kA2B3(g) A2(g) + 3/2B2(g), esankc 2.5

feuV ea
s60 VkW
j l s75 VkW
j esacny r kgS
AA B dsfoy q
Ir
2 3
gksusdh nj gS(A) 8 torr min1
(C) 4 torr min1
(B) 18 torr min1

(D) 10 torr min1
fuEu ; kS
fxd dksmudsr ki h; LFkkf; Ro dsc<+
r se esa
O
; ofLFkr dhft ; s] r ksl ghe gS:
K2CO3(I), MgCO3 (II), CaCO3 (III), BeCO3(IV)
(A) I < II < III < IV (B) IV < II < III < I
(C) IV < II < I < III
(D) II < IV < III < I
Page # 25
Loa
; vi p; u fof/kdki z;ksx fdl dsfu"d"kZ
. kesafd; kt kr kgS
Auto reduction process is used for the

extraction of :
(A) Hg
(B) Pb
(C) Cu
(D) All of these
12.
Which of the following does/do not exhibit

optical isomerism
(A) tetrahedral complexes
(B) square planar complexes
(C) octahedral complexes
(D) polynuclear complexes
13.
A colourless solid (A) on heating evolve CO2

and give a white residue (B) soluble in water.
(B) also give CO2 when treated with dilute
acid. (A) is :
(A) Na2CO3
(B) NaHCO3
(C) CaCO3
(D) Ca(HCO3)2
14.
Among the following substituted silanes the

one which will give rise to cross linked silicone polymer on hydrolysis is :
(A) R3SiCl
(B) R4Si
(C) RSiCl3
(D) R2SiCl2
15.
The basic strengths of the hybrides group

15 elements decreases in the order :
(A) SbH3 > PH3 > AsH3 > NH3
(B) NH3 > SbH3 > PH3 > AsH3
(C) NH3 > PH3 > AsH3 > SbH3
(D) SbH3 > AsH3 > PH3 > NH3
16.
17.
Acidic solution of S2O32 is converted to .......

in presence of I2.
(A) S4O62 + I
(B) SO42 + I
(C) SO3 + I
(D) S4O62 + I3
17.
S2O32 dkvEyh; foy; u I2 dhmi fLFkfr es

acny
(A) S4O62 + I
(B) SO42 + I
(C) SO3 + I
(D) S4O62 + I3
18.
Favourable conditions to get good yield of

SO3 in contact process is /are :
(A) Low temperature, high pressure
(B) Low temperature, low pressure
(C) High temperature, high pressure
(D) High temperature, low pressure
18.
l Ei dZfof/k l sSO3 dksvPNhek=kk esai zkIr dj usdsfy ,

mi ; q
Dr fof/k gS:
(A) fuEu r ki ] mPp nkc
(B) fuEu r ki ] fuEu nkc
(C) mPp r ki ] mPp nkc
(D) mPp r ki ] fuEu nkc
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
(A) Hg
(C) Cu
(B) Pb
(D)mi j ks
Dr
l Hkh
fuEu esal sdkS

u i zd kf' kd l eko; or ki znf' kZ
r ughadj r sgS
A
(A) pr q
"Qy dh; l a
dq
y
(B) o. kZl er y h; l a
dq
y
(C)
(D)
v"VQy dh; l a
dq
y
i ksy hU; w
fDy ; j l a
dq
y
ja
xghu Bksl gS
A t ksxeZdj usi j CO2 xS
l nsrk gSr Fkk
vo' ks"k (B) nsrkgS
At ksfd t y esa?kq
y u' khy gSr Fkk(B)
vEy l sf; k dj dsCO2 xS
l Hkhnsrk gS
] r ks(A) gS:
(A) Na2CO3
(C) CaCO3
(B) NaHCO3
(D) Ca(HCO3)2
fdl dst y vi ?kVu l scross linked (Network) t ky

la
j puk cgq
y d cur k gS:
(A) R3SiCl
(C) RSiCl3
(B) R4Si
(D) R2SiCl2
l ew
g 15 dsr RoksadsgkbMkbMds{kkj h; l keF; Z
r kdk?kVr k
e gS:
(A) SbH3 > PH3 > AsH3 > NH3
(B) NH3 > SbH3 > PH3 > AsH3
(C) NH3 > PH3 > AsH3 > SbH3
(D) SbH3 > AsH3 > PH3 > NH3
t kr kgS
A

19.
20.
Page # 26
Which one of the following has an optical

isomer ?
(A) [CO(en)3]3+
(B) [Co(H2O)4(en)]3+
(C) [Zn (en)2]2+
(D) [Zn(en)(NH3)2]2+
Consider the following complexes
(i) K2PtCl6
(ii) PtCl4.2NH 3
(iii) PtCl4.3NH 3
19.
fuEu esal sdkS

ul k , d i zd k' kh; l eko; or knsrk gS?
(A) [CO(en)3]3+
(C) [Zn (en)2]2+
20.
fuEu l a
dq
y ksai j fopkj
(i) K2PtCl 6
(iii) PtCl4.3NH3
(iv) PtCl4.5NH 3
(B) [Co(H2O)4(en)]3+
(D) [Zn(en)(NH3)2]2+
dhft ,
(ii) PtCl4.2NH3
(iv) PtCl4.5NH3
Their electrical conductances in aq. solutions are
budh t y h; foy ; u esafo| q

r pky dr k fuEugS&
(A) 256, 0, 97, 404 (B) 404, 0, 97, 256
(A) 256, 0, 97, 404 (B) 404, 0, 97, 256
(C) 256, 97, 0, 404 (D) 404, 97, 256, 0
(C) 256, 97, 0, 404 (D) 404, 97, 256, 0
21.
Which of the following compound will show

geometrical isomerism ?
(A) Cyclohexene
(B) 2-Hexene
(C) 3-Hexyne
(D) 1,1-Diphenyl ethylene
21.
fuEu esal sdkS

ul k; kS
fxd T; kfer h; l eko; or kn' kkZ
r kgS?
(A) l kbDy ksgs
Dl su
(B) 2-gs
Dl su
(C) 3-gs
Dl su
(D) 1,1-MkbZ
Qsfuy bFkby hu
22.
The absolute configuration of the following :
22.
fuEu dkl ghvfHkfoU; kl gS:
is
is
(A) 2S, 3R
(C) 2R, 3S
23.
(A) 2S, 3R
(C) 2R, 3S
(B) 2S, 3S
(D) 2R, 3R
The major product formed in the reaction is
23.
fuEu vfHkf; k dk i zeq

[ k mRikn gS
NO 2
NO 2
NO2
NO2
(B)
(A)
(B) 2S, 3S
(D) 2R, 3R
(B)
(A)
NO2
NO2
NO2
(D)
(C)
NO2
(C)
(D)
NO2
NO2
Page # 27
24.
24.
Identify the struucture of the major product

'X' :
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
eq
[ ; mRikn 'X' dhl a
j puk cr kb; s:
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
25.
In order to get propane gas, which of the

following should be subjected to sodalime
decarboxylation ?
(A) Sodium formate
(B) Mixture of sodium acetate and sodium
ethanote
(C) Sodium butyrate
(D) Sodium propionate
25.
i zksisu xS
l i zkIr dj usdke gS
AfuEu esal sdkS
ul hl ksMk
y kbe dsMh&dkcksZ
fDl y hdj .kds} kj k?
(A) l ks
fM; e QkesZ
V
(B) l ks
fM; e , fl VsV vkS
j l ksfM; e , sFksuksLV dkfeJ.k
(C) l ks
fM; e C;w
j sV
(D) l ks
fM; e i zksfi ; ksuks,V
26.
CH3COOH is reacted with HCCH in presence

of Hg2+, the product is :
26.
CH3COOH
27.
t c HCCH l sHg2+dhmi fLFkfr esaf; k

dj r k gS
] r ksmRikn gS:
(A)
(A)
(B) CH3CH2(OOCCH3)
(C) CH3CH(OOCCH3)2
(D) None of these
(B) CH3CH2(OOCCH3)
(C) CH3CH(OOCCH3)2
(D) bues
al sdksbZugha
3-phenyl propene on reaction with HBr gives

(as a major product) :
(A) C6H5CH2CH(Br)CH3
(B) C6H5CH(Br)CH2CH3
(C) C6H5CH3CH2CH2Br
(D) C6H5CH(Br)CH=CH2
27.
3-Qs
fuy
i zksihu t c HBr l sf; k dj r k gS

] r ksnsrk gS
A
(eq
[ ; mRikn) :
(A) C6H5CH2CH(Br)CH3
(B) C6H5CH(Br)CH2CH3
(C) C6H5CH3CH2CH2Br
(D) C6H5CH(Br)CH=CH2

28.
Page # 28
In which of the following pairs both members

on heating with alc. KOH result in the formation of same alkene as major product ?
(A) (CH3)3CBr, (CH3)2CHCH2Br
(B) n-Propyl iodide, isopropyl iodide
(C)
28.
(A) (CH3)3CBr, (CH3)2CHCH2Br

(B) n-i z
ksfi y vk; ksMkbM, vkbl ksizksihy vk; ksMkbM
(C)
(D) All of the above
29.
fuEu esal sdkS

ul k; q
Xe , Ydksgyhd KOH dsl kFkxeZdj us
i j , d l eku , Ydhu dk fuekZ
. k gksrk gS
A eq
[ ; mRikn ds
: i esa?
(D) mi j ks
Dr
Which of the following compounds is the most

likely to undergo a bimolecular nucleophilic
substitution reaction with aqueous NaOH ?
29.
30.
(B)
(B)
(C)
(C)
l Hkh
fuEu esal sdkS

ul k ; kS
fxd vR; f/kd v.kq
d ukfHkdLusgh
i zfr LFkki u vfHkf; knsxkt y h; NaOH dsl kFk?
(A)
(A)
(D)
(D)
To distinguish between 2-pentanone and 3pentanone which reagent can be used ?

(A) NaOH/I2
(B) SeO2
(C) K2Cr2O7/H+
(D) Zn-Hg, HCl
30.
2-i s
UVsukW
u vkS
j 3-i sUVsukW
u esafoHksn dj usdsfy ,
vfHkdeZ
d dki z;ksx dj sxsa?
(A) NaOH/I2
(B) SeO2
(C) K2Cr2O7/H+
(D) Zn-Hg, HCl
dkS
ul s
2016 SAMPLE PAPER
SAMPLE PAPER (2)

www.etoosindia.com
IIT JEE SAMPLE

PAPER 2016
SECTION - A
1.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Batch
Roll Number
10+1
10+1
10+2
10+3
Crash
1 1
2 2
3 3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2 2
3 3
2
3
4 4
5 5
3
4
Paper
5
6
5
6
5
6
6 6
5
6
5 5
6 6
Paper 1
7 7
8 8
9 9
8
9
Paper 2
Name

A
B C D E
bubble is
A
B C D E

L E N A ME
Test Date
L A S T N A ME
D D MMY Y


the bubble is
P
R S T

.
if required :
'6' should be
filled as 0006
'86' should be
filled as 0086
0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4
3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4
5 5 5 5
5 5 5 5
6 6 6 6
7 7 7 7
6 6 6 6
7 7 7 7
5 5 5 5
6 6 6 6
7 7 7 7
8 8 8 8
9 9 9 9
8 8 8 8
9 9 9 9
8 8 8 8
9 9 9 9
0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4
Page # 2
SECTION - A
[ oLr q
SECTION - A
A
1.
1.
If f ( x)
x 1 x 24 10 x 1 , 1 < x < 26
is a real valued function, then for 1 < x < 26, f

(x) is equal to
(A) 0
(B)
(C) 2 x 1 5
2.
(C)
3.
43
2x
7
x 1
(D) None of these
Find cot1 cot 2x
(A) 3 2x
22
, if 3 < x <
7
7
(A) 0
(B)
(C) 2 x 1 5
(D)
cot1 cot 2x
41
7
(A) 3 2x
(D) 2x
45
7
(C)
1 1 i 2
2
1 i
1
2 1
equals
i i 1 1
(B) 1
(D)
3.
43
2x
7
1
x 1
buesal sdksbZugha
22
Kkr dj s
a
]
;
fn
3 < x <
gS
7
7
(B) 2x
If w ( 1) is a cube root of unity, then
(A) 0
(C) i
2.
; fn f ( x) x 1 x 24 10 x 1 , 1 < x < 26
okLr fod eku Qy u gS
, r ks1 < x < 26 dsfy , f (x)
dk eku gS
(B) 2x
41
7
(D) 2x
45
7
; fn w ( 1) bdkbZdk , d ?kuew
y gS
] rc
1 1 i 2
2
1 i
1
2 1
cj kcj gSi i 1 1
(A) 0
(C) i
(B) 1
(D)
Page # 3
4.
If a , b and c are non-coplanar unit vectors
4.

(b c ) 3

.k
gS
, r c a , oab dse/; dks
a (bc ) =
2
gS:
(A) /6
(B) 5/6
(C) /3
(D) 2/3

(b c ) 3
, then the
such that a ( b c ) =
2
angle between a and b is :

(A) /6
(B) 5/6
(C) /3
(D) 2/3
5.
Let f be a real valued function defined by

f(x) =
e x e | x |
, then range of f is :
e x e| x |
(A) R
(C) [0, 1)
6.
5.
6.
a1
a n 1
a 2 n 1
(A) 2
(C) 0
a2
a n2
a 2n 2
a3
a n 3
is equal to a 2n 3
(B) 23
(D) None
(B) [0, 1]
(D) [0, 1/2)
[sin(sin 1 x )] = , oa
ekuk xlim
1
1
lim [sin 1 (sin x )] = gS
, t gk[.] = egke i w
. kkZ
d
2
x / 2
Qy u, r c-
Then(A) 1 = 1, 2 does not exist

(B) 1 = 0, 2 = 1
(C) 1 does not exist, 2 = 1
(D) both 1 and 2 do not exist
If 2 a1 , 2 a 2 , 2 a 3 , , 2 a n are in G.P., then
e x e | x |
} kj k i fj Hkkf"kr , d okLr fod
e x e| x |
(A) R
(C) [0, 1)
lim [sin 1 (sin x )] = , where [.] = G.I.F..

2
x / 2
7.
ekukf ; f(x) =
eku Qy u gS
] r c f dk i fj l j gS:
(B) [0, 1]
(D) [0, 1/2)
[sin(sin 1 x )] = and
Let xlim
1
1
; fn a , b , oac vl er y h; bdkbZl fn' kbl i zd kj gSfd
(A) 1 = 1, 2 fo| eku ughagS

(B) 1 = 0, 2 = 1
(C) 1 fo| eku ughagS
, 2 = 1
(D) 1 , oa2 nks
uksafo| eku ughagS
7.
. kkskj Js<+
h esa gS
]
; fn 2 a1 , 2 a 2 , 2 a 3 , , 2 a n xq
a1
r c a n 1
a 2 n 1
(A) 2
(C) 0
a2
a n2
a 2n 2
a3
a n 3
cj kcj gksxk a 2n 3
(B) 23
(D) dks
bZugha

8.
9.
Page # 4
f (x) = 1+x (sin x) [cos x], 0 < x /2 ([.]

denotes the greatest integer function)
(A) is continuous in (0, /2)
(B) is strictly decreasing in (0, /2)
(C) is strictly increasing in (0, /2)
(D) has global maximum value 2
The function f (x) = 2x (sin x tan x ) (x
x 21
2
41

10
8.
f (x) = 1+x (sin x) [cos x], 0 < x /2 ([.]
egke i w
. kkZ
d Qy u dksi znf' kZ
r dj r k gS
)
(A) (0, /2) esl r r ~gS
(B) (0, /2) es
afuj Ur j o/kZ
eku gS
(C) (0, /2) es
afuj Ur j kl eku gS
(D) O
; ki d mPPr e eku 2 j [ kr k gS
9.
Qy u f (x) = 2x (sin x tan x ) gS

A(x, dki w
. kkZ
a
fd;
x 21
2
41

integarl multiple of ) is
( [.] G.I.F.) :
(A) even
(B) odd
(C) neither even nor odd
(D) cannot be determined
xq
. ku ughagS
)
( [.]egke i w
. kkZ
a
d Qy u) :
(A) l e
(B) fo"ke
(C) u r ksl e u ghfo"ke
(D) Kkr ughadj l dr s
2 0 3
4 3 1
is expressed as the sum
If A =
5 7 2
2 0 3
; fn A = 4 3 1 , , d l efer r Fkkfo"ke l efer

5 7 2
10.
of a symmetric and skew-symmetric matrix,

then the symmetric matrix is -
vkO
;w
g ds; ksx ds: i esaO
; Dr gS
] r c l efer vkO
;w
g gS-
2 2 4
2 3 4
(A)
4 4 2
2 2 4
2 3 4
(A)
4 4 2
2 4 5
0 3 7
(B)
3 1 2
4 4 8
4 6 8
(C)
8 8 4
(D)
4 4 8
4 6 8
(C)
8 8 4
2 4 5
0 3 7
(B)
3 1 2
(D) none of these
buesal sdksbZugha
Page # 5
11.
cot 1 x
, | x | 1
Let f (x) = 1 | x | 1 , | x | 1 , then num

4 2
2
11.
dhl a
[ ; k ft udksf (x) dk i zkUr xzg.k ughdj r k gS
] gS
,d
(B) nks
r hu
(D) bues
al sdksbZugha
ber of points which domain of f (x) does not

contain is(A) one
(B) two
(C) three
(D) none of these
12.
13.
14.
(A)
(C)
The equation of the normal to the curve

x + y = xy, where it cuts x-axis is(A) y = x
(B) y = x + 1
(C) y = x 1
(D) x + y = 1
12.
Let Tn denote the number of triangles which

can be formed using the vertices of a regular
polygon of n sides. If Tn+1 Tn = 21, then n
equals
(A) 5
(B) 7
(C) 6
(D) None
13.
A region in the x-y plane is bounded by the
14.
curve y =
15.
(B) y = x + 1
(D) x + y = 1
ekuk Tn mu f=kHkq
t ksadhl a
[ ; k dksi znf' kZ
r dj r k gSt ksn
Hkq
t kvksaoky s, d l ecgq
Hkq
t ds' kh"kksZ
a} kj kcuk; st kl dr sgS
A
; fn Tn+1 Tn = 21 gS
] r c n cj kcj gS
(A) 5
(C) 6
25 x 2 and the line y = 0. If the
The total number of three-letter words that

can be formed from the letters of the word
SAHARANPUR is equal to (A) 210
(B) 237
(C) 247
(D) 227
o x + y = xy dsvfHky Ec dh l ehdj .k, t gk ; g

x-v{k dksdkVr k gS
] gS(A) y = x
(C) y = x 1
point (a, a + 1) lies in the interior of the

region, then (A) a (4, 3)
(B) a (, 1) (3, )
(C) a (1, 3)
(D) None of these
15.
cot 1 x
, | x | 1
ekuk f (x) = 1 | x | 1 , | x | 1 gS
, r c fcU
nq
v ksa
4 2
2
(B) 7
(D) dks
bZugha
x-y l
eer y esa, d {ks=ko y = 25 x 2 r Fkkj s[kky

= 0 ds} kj k i fj c) gS
A ; fn fcUnq(a, a + 1) {ks=k ds
vUnj gS
] rc (A) a (4, 3)
(B) a (, 1) (3, )
(C) a (1, 3)
(D)
buesal sdksbZugha
' kCn 'SAHARANPUR' dsv{kj ksal sfufeZ

r fd; st kl dus
oky sr hu v{kj h; ' kCnksadhdq
y la
[ ; k gksxh(A) 210
(C) 247
(B) 237
(D) 227

16.
Page # 6
Let the function f(x) be defined as below,
sin 1 x 2 ,
f (x)
2x,
16.
0 x 1
sin 1 x 2 ,
f (x)
2x,
x 1
f(x) can have a minimum at x = 1 then value

of is (A) 1
(B) 1
(C) 0
(D) none of these
17.
If f (x) =
tan [( 2x 3)3 ]
([.] denotes the
1 [ 2x 3]2
f(x) , x = 1
(A) 1
(C) 0
17.
19.
; fn f (x) =
0 x 1
x 1
i j fufEu"B j [ kr k gSr c dk eku gS(B) 1

(D) bues
al
sdksbZugha
tan [( 2x 3)3 ]
([.] egke i w
. kkZ
a
d Qy u
1 [ 2x 3]2
dksi znf' kZ
r dj r k gS
) r ks
greatest integer function), then

(A) f (x) is continuous in R
(B) f (x) is continuous in R but not differentiable in R
(C) f (x) exists everywhere but f (x) does
not exist at some x R
(D) None of these
18.
ekuk Qy u f(x) fuEu i zd kj i fj Hkkf"kr gS
esal a
r r ~gS
a
r r ~gSfdUr qR esavody uh; ugha
xg fo| eku gSfdUr qf (x) dq
N
x R i j fo| eku ugh
(D) bues
al sdksbZugh
(A) f (x), R
(B) f (x), R es
al
(C) f(x) l H
kh t
A is known to tell the truth in 5 cases out of

6 and he states that a white ball was drawn
from a bag containing 8 black and 1 white
ball. The probability that the white ball was
drawn, is (A) 7/13
(B) 5/13
(C) 9/13
(D) none of these
18.
The curve x + y ln (x + y) = 2x + 5 has a

vertical tangent at the point (). Then
is equal to
(A) 1
(B) 1
(C) 2
(D) 2
19.
A dsl
R; cksy usdh6 esal s5 fLFkfr ; kgSr Fkkog dgr k

gSfd , d FkS
y sesa8 dky ho 1 l Qsn xsa
n j [ khgSft l esal s
, d l Qsn xsa
n dksfudky kt kr k gSr ksfudky hxbZxsa
n ds
l Qsn gksusdhi zkf; dr k gksxh(A) 7/13
(C) 9/13
(B) 5/13
(D) bues
al
sdksbZugha
\
, d o x + y ln (x + y) = 2x + 5 fcUnq() i j
m/oZLi ' kZj s[kk j [ kr k gS
A r c cj kcj gS(A) 1
(C) 2
(B) 1
(D) 2
Page # 7
20.
The points of extremum of the function

F(x) =
t2 / 2
(1 t ) dt are -
(A) 1
(C) 1/2
21.
20.
21.
23.
/2
(1 t 2 ) dt dspj e fcU
nqgksxsa
(B) 0
(D) 2
(B) 3/8
(D) bues
al sdksbZugha
22.
x
c
x4
x
(B) e
x2
c
x4
(D) x 4 c
x
(C) e
(A) 3/4
(C) 3/4
(B) 3/8
(D) None of these
x2 x
e dx is equal to x4
x
(A) e
e t
1 cos 8 i sin 8
arg
1 cos i sin cj kcj gS
8
8
22.
(A) 1
(C) 1/2
(B) 0
(D) 2
1 cos 8 i sin 8
arg
1 cos i sin is equal to 8
8
(A) 3/4
(C) 3/4
Qy u F(x) =
x2
c
x4
range of a so that f (x) has maxima at x =

2, is
(A) |a| 1
(B) |a| < 1
(C) a > 1
(D) a < 1
x
c
x4
x
(B) e
x2
c
x4
x2
c
x4
(D)
x
(A) e
2xe x
2 | x 2 5 x 6 | x 2
If f(x) =
, t hen the
a2 1
x 2
x2 x
e dx dk eku gSx4
2xe x
c
x4
x
(C) e
23.
2 | x 2 5 x 6 | x 2
; fn f(x) =
a 2 1
x 2
gS
] r c 'a' dk
i fj l j r kfd f (x), x = 2 i j mfPp"B j [ kr k gS

] gS
(A) |a| 1
(C) a > 1
(B) |a| < 1

(D) a < 1
24.
Page # 8
The solution of the equation (x + 2y3)
dy
y
dx
24.
[ x 1]
dx (where [.] denotes greatest
25.
integer function) is equal to

(A) 0
(B) 1
(C)
(D) None of these
26.
( 2x12 5x 9 )
dx is equal to ( x 5 x 3 1) 3
x 2 2x
c
(A)
( x 5 x 3 1) 2
27.
dy
y = 0 dk gy gS
dx
(t gkA dks
bZLosPN fu; r ka
d gS
)
(A) y(1 xy) = Ax
(B) y3 x = Ay
(C) x (1 xy) = Ay (D) x (1 + xy) = Ay
= 0 is : (where A is any arbitrary constant)

(A) y(1 xy) = Ax
(B) y3 x = Ay
(C) x (1 xy) = Ay (D) x (1 + xy) = Ay
25.
vody l ehdj .k (x + 2y3)
[ x 1]
. kkd
Qy u dksi znf' kZ
r
dx (t gk[.] egke i w
ex
dj r k gS
) cj kcj gS(A) 0
(C)
26.
x10
c
(B)
2( x 5 x 3 1) 2
(B) 1
(D) bues
al
sdksbZugha
( 2x12 5x 9 )
dx cj kcj gS( x 5 x 3 1) 3
(A)
x 2 2x
c
( x 5 x 3 1) 2
(B)
x10
c
2( x 5 x 3 1) 2
(C) log | x 5 x 3 1 | (2 x 7 5x 4 ) c
(C) log | x 5 x 3 1 | (2 x 7 5x 4 ) c
(D) none of these
(D)
x2
y2
=1
50 20
from which pair of perpendicular tangents are
Number of point on the ellipse
27.
buesal sdksbZugha
nh?kZ
o`k
2
x2 y2
= 1
50 20
i j fcUnq
v ksadh l a
[ ; k] ft l l s
x
y
=1ij
16 9
l ekUr j Li ' kZj s[kkvksadsl ew

g [ kha
psx; s
x
y
drawn to the ellipse

= 1 is
16 9
(A) 0
(B) 2
gS
] gksxh&
(A) 0
(B) 2
(C) 1
(C) 1
(D) 4
(D) 4
Page # 9
28.
Let LL' be the latus rectum through the

2
x
y
= 1 and A' be
a2 b2
the farther vertex. If A'LL is equilateral, then
the eccentricity of the hyperboal is (axes
are coordinate axes)
(A) 3
(B) 3 1
28.
focus of the hyperbola
3 1
(C)
(A)
3 1
(C)
Co-ordinates of N are
30.
52 78 156
, ,
49 49 49
(C)
Equation of PQ is
x
y
z
2 3 6
gS
A fcUnq
dsfunZ
s'kka
d gksa
xs-
(A)
(D)
y Ec PN Mky kt kr kgS
] t gkN yEc
d k i kn gS
A , d l j y j s[ kk PQ l er y
3x + 4y + 5z = 0 dsl ekU
r j [ kha
pht kr hgSt ksAB dks
Q i j fey r h gS
Ar c
52 78 156
, ,
49 49 49
52 78 156
,
,
49 49 49
(C)
3 1
P(1, 2, 5) l sAB i j
29.
(B)
3 1
(D)
ekuk AB , d l j y j s[ kk
the point P(1, 2, 5) perpendicular PN is drawn

to AB, where N is foot of perpendicular. A
straight line PQ is drawn parallel to plane 3x
+ 4y + 5z = 0 to meet AB in Q. Then
52 78 156
, ,
49 49 49
dhukfHk l sgksd j
x| ka
' k(Q.29 r Fkk30)
x
y
z
. From
Let AB be the straight line
2 3 6
(A)
(B)
Passage(Q.29 & 30)
29.
x2 y2
=1
a2 b2
xq
t j usokykukfHkyEc gSr FkkA' fudVr e ' kh"kZgS
] ; fn f=kHktq
A'LL l eckgqgS
] r c vfr i j oy ; (v{kfunsZ
' khv{kgS
) dh
mRdsUnzrkgksxh&
3 1
(D)
ekfu; sLL' vfr i j oy ;
30.
PQ
52 78 156
, ,
49 49 49
52 78 156
, ,
49 49 49
(B)
52 78 156
,
,
49 49 49
(D)
52 78 156
, ,
49 49 49
dk l ehdj .k gS-
(A)
x 1 2 y z 5
x 1 y 2 z 5
(B)
4
13
8
4
13
8
(A)
x 1 2 y z 5
x 1 y 2 z 5
(B)
4
13
8
4
13
8
(C)
x 1 y 2 5 z
x 1 y 2 z 5
(D)
4
13
8
4
13
8
(C)
x 1 y 2 5 z
x 1 y 2 z 5
(D)
4
13
8
4
13
8
Page # 10
PART - II [PHYSICS]
SECTION - A
SECTION - A
[ oLr q
fu"B i
zd kj dsi z'u ]
out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
A
1.
A ray of light incident at an angle on a

refracting face of a prism emerges from the
other face normally. If the angle of the prism is
5 and the prism is made of a material of
refractive index 1.5, the angle of incidence is :
(A) 7.5
(B) 5
(C) 15
(D) 2.5
1.
A potentiometer wire of length 1 m has a

resistance of 10 ohm. It is connected in series
with a resistance R and a cell of emf 3V and
negligible internal resistance. A source of emf
10 mV is balanced a length of 60 cm of the
potentiometer wire. Find the value of R
(A) 10
(B) 1790
(C) 100
(D) 1970
2.
A square of side a is kept at distance d from

a long wire as shown. The mutual inductance
between them will be :
3.
2.
3.
0a d a
(A) 2 n a
(B)
(C)
0a d
n
2
a
0a d a
n
2 d
, d i zd k' kfdj .k , d fi zTe dhi j kor Z

d l r g i j dks.k
i j vki fr r gksd j nw
l j hl r g l svfHky Ec : i l sfuxZ
r gks
t kr hgS
A; fn fi zTe dks.k5 gSr Fkkfi zTe 1.5 vi or Z
uka
d
dsi nkFkZl scuk gks]r ksvki r u dks.k gS:
(A) 7.5
(C) 15
(B) 5
(D) 2.5
y EckbZdk , d foHkoeki h r kj 10 ohm dki zfr j ks/k

j [ kr k gS
A bl sR i zfr j ks/k r Fkk 3V fo-ok-cy r Fkkux.;
vkUrfj d i zfr j ks/kdsl sy dsl kFkJs.khe esat ksM+
kt kr kgS
A
10 mV fo-ok-cy dkL=kks
r foHkoeki hr kj dh60 cm dh
y EckbZi j l Ur q
fy r gksrk gS
A R dk eku Kkr dhft ; s
1m
(A) 10
(C) 100
(B) 1790
(D) 1970
aH
kq
t kdsox oxZdksn' kkZ
; svuq
l kj
, d yEcsr kj l sd nw
jh
i j j [ kk x; k gS
A mudse/; vU; ksU; i zsjdRo gksxk :
(A)
0a d a
n
2 a
(B)
0a d
n
2
a
(C)
0a d a
n
2 d
(D) dks
bZugha
(D) None
Page # 11
4.
An inductor of inductance L = 400 mH and

resistors of resistances R1 = 2 and R2 = 2
are connected to a batery of emf 12V as
shown in the figure. The internal resistance
of the battery is negligible. The switch S is
closed at t = 0. The potential drop across L
as a function of time is :
(A) 6e5tV
(B)
4.
12 3t
e V
t
(C) 6(1 9t/0.2)V
(D) 12 e5tV
(B)
5.
; fn ck dq
. My hB esai zofkgr /kkj ki = 2t } kj knht kr h
gS
] r ksvkUr fj d dq
. My hA esai zsfj r /kkj kgksxh:
(A) okekor Z
(B) nf{k.kkor Z
(C) nf{k.kkor Z
; k okekor Zgksl dr hgS
(D) dks
bZ/kkj ki zsfj r ughagksrhgS
L-C-R
5.
If current flowing in outer coil B is given as

i = 2t, then induced current in inner coil A will be
(A) Anticlockwise
(B) Clockwise
(C) May be clockwise
or Anticlockwise
(D) No induced current
6.
An L-C-R circuit contains resistance of 100

ohm and a supply of 200 volt and 300 radian
angular frequency. If only capacitance is taken
out from the circuit and the rest of the circuit
is joined, current lags behind the voltage by
60. If on the other hand, only inductor is taken
out the current leads by 60 with the applied
voltage. The current flowing in the circuit is :
(A) 1 amp
(B) 1.5 amp
(C) 2 amp
(D) 2.5 amp
6.
For a transistor a change of 8mA in the

emitter current results in a change of 7.9 mA
in the collector current then the change in
base current will be :
(A) 1A
(B) 10A
(C) 100A
(D) 1000A
7.
7.
i szjd r FkkR1 = 2 r Fkk

R2 = 2 i z
fr j ks/kksadksfp=kkuq
l kj 12V fo-ok-cy dhcS
Vhds
l kFkt ksM+
kx; kgS
AcS
VhdkvkUrfj d i zfr j ks/kux.; gS
AfLop
S ] t = 0 i j ca
n gS
A l e; dsQu ds: i esaL dsfl j ksa
dk foHko i r u gS:
(A) 6e5tV
12 3t
e V
t
(C) 6(1 9t/0.2)V

(D) 12 e5tV
L = 400 mH i z
sjdRo ds, d
i fj i Fk esa100 vkse dk i zfr j ks/k vkS

j 200 oksYV]
300 j s
fM; u dks.kh; vko`fkdhfo| q
r l IykbZgS
A; fn i fj i Fk
l sdsoy l a
/kkfj =kdksckgj fudky dj ' ks"ki fj i Fkdksi q
u%
t ksM+
kt kr kgS
] r c /kkj koksYVst l s60 i ' pxkehgksrhgsA
; fn i zsjd dksckgj fudky fn; kt kr kgS
] r c /kkj kvkj skfi r
oksYVst l s60 vkxsgksrhgS
] r c /kkj k dk eku gS:
(A) 1 amp
(C) 2 amp
(B) 1.5 amp

(D) 2.5 amp
, d VkfW
t LVj esamRl t Z
d /kkj kesa8mA dki fj or Z
ul a
xzkgd
/kkj k esa7.9 mA dk i fj or Z
u dj r hgS
] r ksvk/kkj /kkj k esa
i fj or Z
u gksxk:
(A) 1A
(C) 100A
(B) 10A
(D) 1000A

8.
Page # 12
For a common emitter npn transistor amplifier

(with a = 0.99) the input resistance is 10
and output resistance is 10k then voltage
gain will be :
(A) 9.9
(B) 99
(C) 990
(D) 9900
8.
mHk; fu"B mRl t Z

d npn i zo/kZ
d esa(a = 0.99) gS
A ; fn
fuos'khi zfr j ks/k 10 gS
] r ksoksYVr ky kHkgksxk:
(A) 9.9
(C) 990
(B) 99
(D) 9900
Passage for (Q.9 to Q.10)

Kirchoffs law suggest that (i) i = 0 at a
junction (ii) V = 0 in a closed loop. Using
these laws, answer the following questions
about the given D-C circuit.
Passage for (Q.9 to Q.10)
9.
The potential at D is :
(A) 4V
(B) 5V
(C) 6V
(D) None
9.
The energy stored in the capacitor is :

(A) 2 106 J
(B) 1.5 105 J
(C) 2 105 J
(D) 144 J
10.
The figure shows the variation of photocurrent

with anode potential for a photosensitive
surface for three different radiations. Let Ia,
Ib and Ic be the intensities and fa, fb and fc
be the frequencies for the curves a, b and c
respectively :
11.
10.
11.
fdj pkW
Q dsfu; e dsvuq
l kj (i) l a
f/ki = 0 (ii) cUn y w
i
esaV = 0 gksrk gS
A bu fu; eksadsmi ; ksx l sfn; sx; s
D-C i fj i Fkdsl ki s
{kfuEu i z'uksadsmkj nhft ; sA
D i j foH
ko gS:
(A) 4V
(C) 6V
(B) 5V
(D) dks
bZugha
la
/kkfj =kesal a
fpr t kZgS:
(A) 2 106 J
(C) 2 105 J
(B) 1.5 105 J

(D) 144 J
r hu fHkUu-fHkUu fofdj .kksadsfy , , d i zd k' kl a

osnhl r g ds
fy , i zd k' k/kkj kr Fkk, uksMfoHko dki fj or Z
u fp=kesan' kkZ
;k
x; k gSekuk fd a, b r Fkk c oksdsfy , Ia, Ib r FkkIc
gksr c:
r hozrk r Fkk fa, fb r Fkkfc vkofr Z
I
C
C
B
A
B
A
V
(A) fa = fb and Ia Ib (B) fa = fc and Ia = Ic

(C) fa = fb and Ia = Ib (D) fb = fc and Ib = Ic
r FkkIa Ib (B) fa = fc r FkkIa = Ic

(C) fa = fb r FkkIa = Ib (D) fb = fc r FkkIb = Ic
(A) fa = fb
Page # 13
12.
Which of the following curve gives correct

graphical representation between refractive
index of glass and wavelength of light -
3 NC1
(C) 5 NC1
2cm
6
2 10 m/s
3 NC1
(C) 5 NC1
(D) 20 NC1
E=10 V/m
45
(B) 2 2 106 m/s

(D)
(B) 4 NC1
by sDVkW
u dscj kcj vkos'kr Fkk1.6 1030 kg nzO
; eku
dk, d d.kfp=kkuq
l kj l ekUrj Iy sV l /akkfj =kdhuhpsoky h
Iy sV ds{kS
fr t l s45 dks.ki j i zkj fEHkd pky u l si z{ksfi r
gS
AIy sVsai ; kZ
Ir y EckbZdhr Fkk 2 cm dhi Fkdr kj [ kr h
gS
Ad.kdsosx dkvf/kdr e eku ft l l sfd ; g i j oky h
Iy sV l su Vdj k; s] gS
(Iys
Vksadse/; fo| q
r {ks=k= 103V/m i j dhvksj gS
) (g = 0)
2cm
45
(C)
q
r {ks=kE gS
A; fn x-v{kdsl kFk60 dks.k
cukj ghj s[kkdsvuq
fn' k2m dhnw
j hl sxq
t j usesa0.2 C
vkos'kdhxfr esafo| q
r {ks=k} kj kfd; kx; kdk; Z4J gSr c
E dk eku D; k gS?
(D) 20 NC1
14.
x-fn' kkes
afo|
(A)
E=10 V/m
(A) 2 106 m/s
13.
(B) 4 NC1
A particle having charge that of an electron

and mass 1.6 1030 kg is projected with
an initial speed u at an angle 45 to the
horizontal from the lower plate of a parallel
plate capacitor as shown in figure. The plates
are sufficiently long and have separation
2 cm. The maximum value of velocity of
particle for it not to hit the upper plate.
(Electric field between plates = 10 3 V/m
directed upward) (g = 0) -
(D)
There is an electric field E in x-direction. If

the work done by electric field in moving a
charge of 0.2 C through a distance of 2 m
along a line making an angle 60 with x-axis
is 4J, then what is the value of E ?
(C)
(D)
(B)
(C)
(A)
14.
(B)
(A)
fuEu esal sdku

Sl k o dkp dsvi or Z
ukd
a r Fkki zd k' k ds
r j xanS
/; Z dse/; l ghxzkh; i zn' kZ
u nsrkgS-
(A)
13.
12.
1
2
106 m/s
(A) 2 106 m/s

(C)
6
2 10 m/s
(B) 2 2 106 m/s

(D)
1
2
106 m/s
Page # 14
Passage (Q. No. 15 & 16)

In YDSE, when dichromatic source of light is
used we get interference pattern which is
obtained by combination of interference
pattern due to each wavelength. A black line
is obtained on screen where a minima due to
each wavelength coincides. Similarly, when
polychromatic source is taken say white light
source, resulting interference pattern is
superimposition of interference pattern from
each wavelength as a result at which we
get white central bright fringe surrounded by
few coloured fringes on both sides of central
bright fringe and then uniform illumination of
screen. In a typical YDSE set up, distance
between slits (d) is 1 mm and screen is placed
at a distance (D) of 1 m from slits. The source
of light used is dichromatic emitting waves
of wavelength 1 = 500 nm and 2 = 700 nm.
15.
Fringe width due to 1 is (A) 5 104 m
(B) 4 105 m
6
(C) 4 10 m
(D)
None
x| ka
' k(Q. No. 15 , oa16)
YDSE es
at
c i zd k' kdsf} o.khZL=kksr dkmi ; ksx fd; kt kr kgS
ge O
; fr dj .ki zk: i i zkIr dj r sgSt ksi zR;sd r j xanS
/; Zdsdkj .k
O
; fr dj .k i zk: i dsl ;akst u } kj k i zkIr gksrk gS
A i nsZi j , d
dkyhj s[kk i zkIr gksrhgSt gk i zR;sd r j a
xnS
/; Zdsdkj .k , d
fufEu"B l Eikr hgS
A bl hi zd kj ] t c cgq
o.khZL=kksr t lSs osr
i zd k' kL=kksr fy; kt kr kgS
] r ksi fj .kkehO
; fr dj .ki zk: i ] i zR;sd
r j xanS
/; Zl sO
; fr dj .ki zk: i dkv/; kj ksi.kgS
] i fj .kkeLo: i
ml i j ge dsUnzh; pedhyhfU
t dsnksuksavksj i j j a
xhu fUt ksa
} kj kf?kj h osr dsUnzh; pedhy hfUt i zkIr dj r sgSr FkkfQj
i nsZi j , dl eku i znhi u gksrkgS
A, d YDSE O
; oLFkkesa
] fLyVksa
dse/; nw
j h(d) 1 mm r Fkki nsZdksfLyVksal s1 m dhnw
jh
(D) i j
j [ kkx; kgS
Ai zd k'kdkL=kksr 1 = 500 nm r Fkk2
= 700 nm r j x
ans/; Zdkf} o.ku
Zrja
xsamRl ft
15.
Z
r dj r kgS
A
dsdkj .k fUt pkS

M+
kbZgS-
(A) 5 104 m
(B) 4 105 m
(C) 4 106 m
(D)
dksbZugha
16.
If dichromatic source is replaced by white

light source, then fringe nearest to central
bright fringe is (A) Violet
(B) Yellow
(C) Red
(D) None
16.
; fn f} o.kZ
d L=kksr dks osr i zd k' kL=kksr } kj ki zfr LFkkfi r dj
fn; kt k; sr ksdsUnzh; pedhy hfUt dhl ehi LFkfUt gS(A) cS
a
xuh
(B) i hy h
(C) y ky
(D) dks
bZugha
17.
A nucleus X, initially at rest, undergoes alphadecay according to the equation.

A
228 +
92X ZY
The alpha particle produced in the above process
is found to move in a circular track of radius 0.11
m in a uniform magnetic field of 3 Tesla. Find the
energy (in MeV) released during the process
(A) 2.223 MeV
(B) 5.336 MeV,
(C) 4.167 MeV
(D) None of these
17.
, d ukfHkd X, i zkj fEHkd : i l sfoj ke esagS

] ; g {k; ds
v/khu gS
] fuEu l ehdj .kdsvuq
l kj
A
92X
ZY228 +
mi j ksDr i ze esamRiUud.kksadkl e: i pq
Ecdh; {ks=k3 Vsl yk
esao kh; i Fkft l dhf=kT; k0.11 m gS
] esaxfr dj uki k; kt kr k
gS
Ai zf; kdsnkS
j ku eq
Dr t kZ(MeV es
)aKkr dhft ; s
(A) 2.223 MeV
(B) 5.336 MeV,
(C) 4.167 MeV
(D) bues
al sdksbZugha
Page # 15
18.
The transistor circuit shown here has a current

gain of 100. What should be the bias resistance
RB so that the voltage across the collector
and emitter terminals VCE is 5 volts ? (Neglect
voltage across base-emitter VBE)
; gki znf' kZ
r Vka
ft LVj 100 dk/kkj ky kHkj [ kr kgS
Ack; l
i zfr j ks/kRB D; kgksxkft l l sfd l a
xzkgd o mRl t Z
d VfeZ
uyksa
i j oksYVr k VCE, 5 volts gS? (vk/kkj -mRl t Z
d ij
oksYVr k ux.; y hft , )
1k
RB
1k
RB
18.
+
C
10 V
+
10 V
VCE
VCE
E
E
The potential energy of magnet is :

(A) U =
MB
2
MB
(B) U = 3
2
(C) U =
20.
19.
Dipole Moment = M
S
30
(C) U =
(D) None of the above

Focal length of the shown plano-convex lens is
15 cm. Plane surface of the lens is silvered. An
object is kept on the principal axis of the lens at
a distance 20 cm. Image of the object will form
(A) 60 cm, left
(B) 60 cm, right
(C) 12 cm, left
(D) 30 cm, right
MB
2
(C) U = 3
MB
2
Object
20cm
(B) 2 k
(D) 200 k
pq
Ecd dhfLFkfr t t kZgS:
(A) U =
////// ///// ////

// /
19.
(A) 1 k
(C) 100 k
(B) 2 k
(D) 200 k
Dipole Moment = M
MB
2
30 B
MB
2
buesal sdksbZugha
fp=k ea
si znf' kZ
r l er y ksky (plano-convex) y S
a
l dh
Qksd l nw
j h15 cm gS
Ay S
a
l dsl er y Hkkx i j pknhdk
y siu (silvered) dj fn; kt kr k gS
Ay S
a
l l s20 cm dh
nw
j hi j eq
[ ; v{k(principal axis) i j , d oLr qj [ knh
t kr hgS
A oLr qdk i zfr fcEc cusxk (A) 60 cm, ck; s
a
Object
(C) 60 cm, nk; s
a
(C) 12 cm, ck; s
a
20cm
(D) 30 cm, nk; s
a
(D)
20.
////// ///// ////

// /
(A) 1 k
(C) 100 k

21.
22.
23.
Page # 16
n resistors each of resistance R are joined

with a capacitor of capacity C (each) and a
battery of e.m.f. E as shown in the figure. In
steady condition, ratio of charges stored in
the first and last capacitor is
(A) n : 1
(B) (n 1) : R
E
R C R C C R
(C) (n2+1):(n21)
(D) 1 : 1
21.
The B-H curve for a

B
certain specimen is
schematically shown
H
by the given diagram.
Wh ich one of t he
following is the correct
magnetic nature of the specimen ?
(A) Diamagnetic and not ferromagnetic
paramagnetic
(B) Ferromagnetic and not diamagnetic
paramagnetic
(C) Paramagnetic and not diamagnetic
ferromganetic
(D) Applicable to all the three types
magnetism mentioned above
22.
fdl h, d uew
usdsfy , B-H
B
o fn, x, vkj s[k} kj kn' kkZ
;k
x; kgS
afuEu esal sdkS
ul h, d
H
uew
usdhl ghpq
Ecdh; i zo`fRr
gS\
(A) i z
fr pq
Ecdh; gSr Fkky kS
gpq
Ecdh; ; kvuq
pE
qcdh; ughagS
A
(B) ykS
gpq
Ecdh; gSr Fkki zfr pq
Ecdh; ; kvuq
pq
Ecdh; ughgS
A
(C) vuq
pq
Ecdh; gSr Fkki zfr pq
Ecdh; ; kykg
Spq
Ecdh; ughagS
A
(D) mi j ks
Dr o.khZ
r l Hkhr huksai zd kj dhpq
EcdRo i zo`fRr ds
fy ; sy kxqgS
A
23.
tS
l k fd fp=k esafn[ kk; k x; k gS
] P r Fkk Q nksl ek{kh;
pky d y w
i ga
St ksdq
N nw
j h i j fLFkr ga
S
A t c fLop S dks
pky wdj r sgS
] r ksP esanf{k.kkor hZ/kkj k Ip i zokfgr gksrhgS
or
or
of
and an induced current IQ1 flows in Q. The

switch remains closed for a long time. When S
is opened, a current IQ2 flows in Q. Then the
directions of IQ1 and IQ2 (as seen by E) are
P
/kkfj r kdsl a
/kkfj =ko E fo- okcy okyhcS
Vj hl sfp=kkuq
l kj t ksM+
sx; sgS
ALFkkbZvoLFkkesa
]
i zFke r Fkkva
fr e l /akkfj =kesal a
xzfgr vkos'kksadkvuq
i kr gS
(A) n : 1
(C) (n 1) : R E
(C) (n2+1):(n21)
(D) 1 : 1
or
As shown in the figure, P and Q are two

coaxial conducting loops separated by some
distance. When the switch S is closed, a
clockwise current Ip flows in P (as seen by E)
R eku dsi z
R; sd n i zfr j ks/kC
C R
A
sj [ skusi j ) , oaQ esai zsfj r /kkj k IQ1 i zokfgr gksrhgS
fLop cgq
r y Ecsl e; r d pky wj gr k gS
at c fLop S dks
(E l
] r c E } kj k
[ kksy r sga
S
] r ksQ esaIQ2 d/kkj ki zokfgr gksrhgS
IQ1 r Fkk IQ2 dhi z
sf{kr fn' kk; sagS&
P
Q
E
E
S
S
Battery
R C R C
Battery
Page # 17
e' k%nf{k.kkor Z, oaookekor Z

(B) nks
uksanf{k.kkor Z
(C) nks
uksaokekor Z
(D) e' k%okekor Z, oanf{k.kkor Z
(A) Respectively clockwise and anticlockwise

(B) Both Clockwise
(C) Both anticlockwise
(D) Respectively anticlockwise and clockwise
24.
25.
(A)
Work done in increasing voltage across a

capacitor from 5 V to 10 V is W. The work
done in increasing the voltage from 10 V to
15 V will be (A) W
(B) 4/3W
(C) 5/3 W
(D) 2W
24.
A current i varies with time in a coil of

resistance R as shown in the graph. Find
the heat dissipated in the resistor (A) i02 RT
25.
(A) W
(C) 5/3 W
(B)
i RT
3
(C)
5 2
i RT
6 0
(D)
26.
i0
i zfr j ks/k dh, d dq

. M+
y hesal e; dsl kFk/kkj k i xzkQ esa
n' kkZ
; svuq
l kj i fj ofr Z
r gksrhgS
ai zfr j ks/kesaO
; f; r "ekKkr
dhft ; s&
(C)
i20 RT
(D)
Two conducting rails are connected to a

source of emf and form an incline as shown.
A bar of mass m slides without friction down
the incline through a vertical magnetic field
B. If the length of the bar is l and current i is
provided by battery, then the value of B,
which will make the bar slide at a constant
velocity is
(B) 4/3W
(D) 2W
(A) i02 RT
i2 RT
(B) 0
3
2
0
,d l a
/kkfj =kdsfl j ksai j oksYVst 5 V l s10 V r d c<+
kus
esafd; k x; k dk; ZW gS
A oksYVst dks10 V l s15 V r d
c<+
kusesafd; k x; k dk; Zgksxk &
26.
i
i0
5 2
i RT
6 0
i20 RT
T
nkspky d i V~
fj ; ksa, d fo-ok-cy L=kksr l st q
M+
hgSr Fkkuhps
n' kkZ
, svuq
l kj , d vkur fufeZ
r dj r hgS
A, d m nzO
; eku
dhNM+bl vkur l suhpsdhvksj ?k"kZ
. kghu : i l sfQl y
j ghgSr Fkkl kFkgh, d /oZpq
Ecdh; {ks=kB fo| eku gS
ANM+
dhy EckbZl gSr FkkcS
Vj h} kj ki znku dht kj gh/kkj ki gSr ks
B dk og eku D; k gSr kfd NM+, d fu; r os
x dsl kFk
fQl y l ds
l
B
v
27.
28.
Page # 18
(A)
mg sin
il
(B)
mg cos
il
(A)
mg sin
il
(B)
mg cos
il
(C)
mg tan
il
(D)
mg
il cos
(C)
mg tan
il
(D)
mg
il cos
When an electron in the hydrogen atom in

ground state absorbs a photon of energy 12.1
eV, its angular momentum :
(A) decreases by 2.11 1034 J-s
(B) decreases by 1.055 1034 J-s
(C) increases by 2.11 1034 J-s
(D) increases by 1.055 1034 J-s
In the given figure shows a potentiometer
circuit (AB is the potentiometer wire) for
comparison of two resistances R and X. A
student fails to get the balance point.
A
B
27.
28.
t c gkbMkst u i j ek.kqesavk?kvoLFkkesabysDVkW
u 12.1 eV
t kZdk, d QksVku
Wvo' kksf"kr dj r kgSbl dkdks.kh; l a
osx :
(A) 2.11 1034 J-s } kj k ?kV t k, xk
(B) 1.055 1034 J-s } kj k ?kV t k, xk
(C) 2.11 1034 J-s } kj k c<+t k, xk
(D) 1.055 1034 J-s } kj k c<+t k, xk
n' kkZ
; sfp=kesa, d foHkoeki hi fj i Fk(AB foHkoeki hr kj gS
)
nksi zfr j ks/kksaR o X dhr q
y ukdsfy ; smi ; ksx esafy ; kt kr k
gS
A, d Nk=kvfo{ksi fcUnqi zkIr dj usesavl Qy gkst kr kgS
A
A
B
B
E
E
Consider the following statements .
(a ) Po tent ial differe nce acro ss
t he
potentiometer wire is greater than that across

R and X if one fails to get the balance point
(b ) Po tent ial differe nce acro ss t he
potentiometer wire is less than that across R
and X if one fails to get the balance point
(c) A series resistor is used in the external
circuit to get the balance point
(d) A shunt is used in the external circuit to
get the balance point
Which of the statements given above are correct
(A) a and c
(B) b and c
(C) a and d
(D) b and d
fuEu dFkuksai j fopkj dhft ; s(a) foH

koeki hr kj dsfl j ksai j foHkokUrj R o X dsfl j ksai j
foHkokUrj l svf/kd gksxk; fn dksbZl Urq
y u fcUnqi zkIr dj us
esavl Qy gkst kr k gS
(b) foH
koeki hr kj dsfl j ksai j foHkokUrj R o X dsfl j ksai j
foHkokUrj l sde gksxk; fn dksbZl Urq
y u fcUnqi zkIr dj usesa
vl Qy gkst kr k gS
(c) l U
rq
y u fcUnqi zkIr dj usdsfy ; sck i fj i Fk esa, d
Js.khi zfr j ks/kdkmi ; ksx fd; kt kr kgS
(d) l U
rq
y u fcUnqi zkIr dj usdsfy ; sck i fj i Fk esa, d
"ka
V dk mi ; ksx fd; k t kr k gS
fuEu esal sdkS
ul sdFku l ghgS?
(A) a r Fkk c
(B) b r Fkkc
(C) a r Fkkd
(D) b r Fkkd
Page # 19
29.
A galvanometer of 50 ohm resistance has
29.
25 divisions. A current of 4 104 ampere
xsYosuksehVj 25 [ kkusj [ kr kgS

A
4 104 , s
fEi; j
range of 25 volts, it should be connected with
dh/kkj k, d [ kkusdkfo{ksi nsrhgS

Abl
xsYosuksehVj dks25 oksYV dh i j kl oky soksYVehVj esa
cny usdsfy ; si zfr j ks/kt ksM+
ukgksxk
a resistance of
(A) 2500
ka
Vds: Ikesa
(A) 2500 as a shunt
(B) 2450
ka
Vds: Ikesa
gives a deflection of one division. To convert

this galvanometer into a voltmeter having a
(B) 2450 as a shunt
Js.khe esa
(D) 2450 Js
. khe esa
(C) 2550
(C) 2550 in series

(D) 2450 in series
30.
50 ohm i z
fr j ks/kdk, d
In figure, AB is a non-conducting rod, Equal

charges of magnitude q are fixed at various
points on the rod as shown. The rod is rotated
uniformly about an axis passing through O
and perpendicular to its length such that
linear speed of the end A or B is the rod is 3
m/s. Magnetic induction at O is -
q
A
q q
O
1m 1m
2m
3m
30.
uhpsn' kkZ
, sfp=kesa
] AB , d vpky d NM+gS
] l eku vkos'kksa
]
i zr; sd dki fj ek.kq gSNM+dsfHkUu fcUnq
v ksai j uhpsn' kkZ
;s
vuq
l kj fQDl fd; sx; sgS
a
AO l sxq
t j usoky hr Fkkbl dh
yEckbZdsyEcor ~, d v{kdsi fj r %NM+bl i zd kj ?kw
. kZ
u dj
j ghgSfd NM+dsfl j sA ; k B dhj s[kh; pky 3 m/s gS
A
O i j pq
Ecdh; {ks=k gS-
2m
3m
q q
O
1m 1m
2m
3m
q
B
2m
3m
(A)
11 0 q
12
(B)
3 0 q
7
(A)
11 0 q
12
(B)
3 0 q
7
(C)
0q
2
(D)
6 0 q
13
(C)
0q
2
(D)
6 0 q
13
Page # 20
PART - II [CHEMISTRY]
1.
The reaction : 3O2

2O3,H=+ 69,000
calories favourable conditions to produce O3
are :
1.
mPp r ki eku r Fkk fuEu nkc

(B) mPp r ki eku r Fkk mPp nkc
(A)
(A) high temperature and low pressure

(B) high temperature and high pressure
fuEu r ki eku r Fkkvf/kd nkc

(D) fuEu r ki eku r FkkfuEu nkc
(C)
(C) low temperature and high pressure

(D) low temperature and low pressure
2.
3.
Given below are a few electrolytes,

indicates which one among them will bring
about the coagulation of a gold sol.
quickest and in the least of concentration ?
(A) NaCl
(B) MgSO4
(C) Al2(SO4)3
(D) K4[Fe(CN)6]
2.
The pH of an aqueous solution of 1.0 M

solution of a weak monoprotic acid which is
1% ionised is:
3.
(A) 1
(C) 3
4.
5.
j kl k; fud vfHkf; k 3O2

2O3, H= +69,000
dS
y ksjhO3 dsfuekZ
. kdhl gk; d fLFkfr ; kgS%
dq
N vi ?kV~
; fn, x, gS
] fuEu esl sdkS
u l ksusdsfoy ; u
dkU; w
uRe l kUnzrkesaLdUnu dj r kgS
a
A
(A) NaCl
(C) Al2(SO4)3
1 M , dy i z
ksVh; nq
cZ
y vEy dk t y h;
1% vk; uhd`r gq
v kgS
, dhpH gks
xh\
(A) 1
(C) 3
(B) 2
(D) 11
Osmotic pressure of 30% solution of glucose

is 1.20 atm and that of 3.42 % solution of
cane sugar is 2.5 atm. The osmotic pressure
of the mixture containing equal volumes of the
two solutions will be
(A) 2.5 atm
(B) 3.7 atm
(C) 1.85 atm
(D) 1.3 atm
4.
In a compound, atoms of element Y form ccp

lattice and those of element X occupy 2/3rd
of tetrahedral voids. The formula of the compound will be:
(A) X4Y3
(B) X2Y3
(C) X2Y
(D) X3 Y4
5.
(B) MgSO4
(D) K4[Fe(CN)6]
foy ; u t ksfd
(B) 2
(D) 11
30% Xy w
d kst dsfoy ; u dk i j kl j .k nkc 1.20 atm
r Fkk3.42 % ' kdZ
j kdsfoy ; udki j kl j .knkc2.5
atm gS
AfeJ.kft l esanksuksafoy ; uksadsl eku vk; r u gS
]
dki j kl j .knkc gksxk&

(A) 2.5 atm
(C) 1.85 atm
(B) 3.7 atm

(D) 1.3 atm
; kS
fxd esar Ro Y dsi j ek.kqccp t ky d cukr sgSr Fkkr Ro
X ds2/3rd pr q
"Qy dh; fNdksHkj r sgS; kS
fxd dkl w
=k
gksxk (A) X4Y3
(C) X2Y
(B) X2Y3
(D) X3 Y4
Page # 21
6.
If the radius of first Bohr orbit of hydrogen

atom is x then de Broglie wavelength of electron in 3rd orbit is nearly (A) 2x
(B) 6x
(C) 9x
7.
8.
9.
6.
x
(D)
3
The enthalpy changes for the following processes are listed below :
Cl2(g) 2Cl(g) ;
H = 242.3 kJ mol1
I2(g) 2I(g) ;
H = 151.0 kJ mol1
ICl(g)I(g) + Cl(g) ; H = 211.3 kJ mol1
I2(s) I2(g) ;
H = 62.76 kJ mol1
Given that, the standard states for iodine
and chlorine are I2(s) and Cl2(g), the standard enthalpy of formation for ICl (g) is :
(A) 14.6 kJ mol1
(B) 16.8 kJ mol1
(C) +16.8 kJ mol1
(D) +244.8 kJ mol1
7.
Calculate the number of oxygen atoms required to combine with 7g of N2 to form N2O3
when 80 % of N2 is converted into N2O3 :
(A) 2.3 1023
(B) 3.6 1023
(C) 1.8 1021
(D) 5.4 1021
8.
Which of the following groups of molecules

act both as oxidising agent as well as reducing agent ?
(A) KMnO4, O3, SO3
(B) HClO4, HNO2, H2O2
(C) HNO2, SO2, H2O2
(D) HNO3, SO2, H2SO4
9.
; fn H-i j ek.kqdhi zFke cksgj dks'kdhf=kT; kx gSr ksr hl j s

dks'kesaby sDVkW
u dhMh&czksXy hr j a
x nS
/; ZfudV gksxh(A) 2x
(B) 6x
(C) 9x
(D)
x
3
fuEu i zeksadsfy , , UFkS

Yi hi fj or u
Z uhpsl w
phc) fd, x,
gS
a
A
Cl2(g) 2Cl(g) ;
I2(g) 2I(g) ;
ICl(g)I(g) + Cl(g) ;
I2(s) I2(g) ;
H = 242.3 kJ mol1
H = 151.0 kJ mol1
H = 211.3 kJ mol1
H = 62.76 kJ mol1
fn; kx; kgSfd] vk; ksMhu o Dy ksjhu dsfy, ekud voLFkk, sa

I2(s) o Cl2(g) gS
a
, ICl (g) dsfy , fuekZ
. k dh ekud
, UFkS
Yi hgS
(A) 14.6 kJ mol1
(B) 16.8 kJ mol1
(C) +16.8 kJ mol1
(D) +244.8 kJ mol1
N2O3 dsfuekZ
. kesaN2 ds7g dsl
kFkt q
Mu
+sokysvkD
W
l ht u
i j ek.kqdhl a
[ ; kdhx.kukdj kst c N2 dk80 % N2O3
esai fj ofr Z
r gksrk gS:
(A) 2.3 1023
(B) 3.6 1023
(C) 1.8 1021
(D) 5.4 1021
fuEu esal sv.kq

v ksadkdkS
ul kl ew
g vkD
W
l hdkjh, oavi p; udkjh
nksuksadsl eku O
; ogkj dj r kgS
?
(A) KMnO4, O3, SO3
(B) HClO4, HNO2, H2O2
(C) HNO2, SO2, H2O2
(D) HNO3, SO2, H2SO4

10.
11.
12.
13.
Page # 22
The specific conductance of N/50 solution

of HCl in a cell at 25C is 0.002765 mho
cm1. If the resistance of a cell containing
this solution is 400 ohm, the cell constant is:
(A) 1.106 cm
(B) 1.106 cm1
(C) 1 cm
(D) 1 cm1
10.
Match the column

Column I
I. Highest ionization
Potential
II. Lowest electronegativity
III. Highest electron gain
enthalpy
IV. Second most
electronegative element
I
II
III
(A)
(iii)
(ii)
(iv)
(B)
(iii)
(ii)
(i)
(C)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(D)
(iv)
(ii)
(i)
11.
i j ,d l S
y esaHCl dsN/50 foy ; u dhfof' k"V
pky dr k 0.002765 mho cm1 gS
A ; fn bl foy ; u
;q
Dr , d l S
y dh i zfr j ks/kdr k 400 ohm gS
, r ksl S
y
fLFkj ka
d gS
25C
(B) 1.106 cm1

(D) 1 cm1
(A) 1.106 cm
(C) 1 cm
Column II
(i) O
(ii)Cs
(iii) He
(iv) Cl
Lr EHkdkfey ku dhft ; s
dkW
ye I
I. mPp vk; uu foH
ko
II. fuEu fo| q
r _ .kkRedr k
III. mPp by s
DVkW
u cU/kq
rk
IV. f} r h; fo| q
r _ .kh; r Ro
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
IV
(i)
(iv)
(i)
(iii)
Auto reduction process is used for the

extraction of :
(A) Hg
(B) Pb
(C) Cu
(D) All of these
12.
When H2O2 is added to an acidfied solution

of K2Cr2O7 :
(A) Solution turns green due to formation of
Cr2O3
(B) Solution turns yellow due to formation of
K2CrO4
(C) A deep blue-violet coloured compound
CrO(O2)2 is formed
(D) Solution gives gree ppt. of Cr(OH)3
13.
I
(iii)
(iii)
(ii)
(iv)
II
(ii)
(ii)
(iii)
(ii)
III
(iv)
(i)
(iv)
(i)
dkW
y e II
(i) O
(ii)Cs
(iii) He
(iv) Cl
IV
(i)
(iv)
(i)
(iii)
Loa
; vi p; u fof/kdki z;ksx fdl dsfu"d"kZ
. kdsfy , fd; k
t kr kgS:
(A) Hg
(C) Cu
K2Cr2O7 dsvEyh;
gS
] r ks:
(B) Pb
(D) mi j ks
Dr
l Hkh
foy ; u esat c H2O2 dksfeyk; kt kr k
(A) Cr2O3dscukusdsdkj .kfoy ; u gj kgkst kr kgS

A
(B) K2CrO4 dscuusdsdkj .kfoy ; u fn; ki hykgkst kr k
gS
A
(C) , d
xgj kuhy k&i j i y j a

x i zkIr gksrkgS
ACrO(O2)2
dscuusdsdkj .k
(D) Cr(OH)3 foy ; u dkgj kvo{ks
i i zkIr gksrkgS
A
Page # 23
dk mi ; ksx gokbZt gkt i uMq

Cch esafd; k t kr k gS
]
D; ksa
fd :
(A) CO2 dksxz
g.kdj r kgS
] O2 dhl kUnzrkdksc<+
kr kgS
(B) uehdksxz
g.kdj r kgS
A
(C) CO2 dksxz
g.kdj r kgS
A
(D) vks
t ksu mRiUu dj r kgS
a
A
14.
KO2 is used in space craft and submarines

because is :
(A) absorbs CO2 and increases O2 concentration
(B) absorbs moisture
(C) absorbs CO2
(D) produces ozone.
14.
KO2
15.
For the following oxoacids of phosphorus :

H3PO2, H3PO3 and H3PO4
which of the following statements is true ?
(A) All of these are tribasic acids
(B) All of these are reducign in nature
(C) All of theese have tetrahedral geometry
of phosphorus
(D) The order of acidity is H3PO4 > H3PO3 >
H3PO2
15.
QkLQksjl dsfuEu vkW

Dl hvEy
H3PO2, H3PO3 r FkkH3PO4
dsfy , fuEu esal sdkS
ul kdFku l R; gS?
(A) mi j ks
Dr l Hkhf=k{kkj h; vEy gS
A
(B) mi j ks
Dr l Hkhvi pk; d i zd `fr dsgS
A
(C) mi j ks
Dr l HkhesaQkLQksjl dhl a
j pukpr q
"Qy dh; gS
A
(D) vEy h; r kdke gSH3PO4 > H3PO3 > H3PO2
16.
The anhydride of ortho phosphoric acid is :

(A) P2O3
(B) P2O5
(C) P3O5
(D) P4O8
16.
fut Z
y h; vkFkksZQkLQksfj d vEy :
17.
Excess of PCl 5 reacts with conc. H 2 SO 4

giving :
(A) Thionyl chloride
(B) Sulphur monochloride
(C) Sulphuryl chloride
(D) Sulphur tetrachloride
17.
PCl5 dkvkf/kD; l kU
nzH2SO4
(A) Fkk; ks
fuy Dy ksjkbM
(B) l YQj eks
uksDy ksjkbM
(C) l Y; w
fj d Dy ksjkbM
(D) l YQj Vs
VkDy ksjkbM
18.
Consider the following reaction
18.
fuEu vfHkf; kdsvk/kkj i j

Cold
Br2 + 2NaOH (l kU
nz)
i kn
mR
mi j ksDr vfHkf; kl smRiUu gS
A
(A) P2O3
(C) P3O5
Cold
Br2 + 2NaOH (dill.)
Products
The products of the above reactions are
(A) NaBrO + NaBrO3 + H2O
(B) NaBrO + NaBr + H2O
(C) NaBr + H2O
(D) NaBrO +H2O
19.
Which of the following pairs represents linkage isomers ?

(A) [Co(NH3)5NO3]SO4 and [Co(NH3)5SO4]NO3
(B) [PtCl2(NH3)4]Br2 and [Pt Br2(NH3)4]Cl2
(C) [Cu(NH3)4] [PtCl4] and [Pt(NH3)4] [CuCl4]
(D) [Pd(PPh3)2(NCS)2] and [Pd(PPh3)2(SCN)2]
(B) P2O5
(D) P4O8
dsl kFknsrkgS:
(A) NaBrO + NaBrO3 + H2O

(B) NaBrO + NaBr + H2O
(C) NaBr + H2O
(D) NaBrO +H2O
19.
fuEu esal sdkS

ul k; q
Xe fy a
d st l eko; or kn' kkZ
r kgS?
(A) [Co(NH3)5NO3]SO4 r Fkk[Co(NH3)5SO4]NO3
(B) [PtCl2(NH3)4]Br2 r Fkk[Pt Br2(NH3)4]Cl2
(C) [Cu(NH3)4] [PtCl4] r Fkk[Pt(NH3)4] [CuCl4]
(D) [Pd(PPh3)2(NCS)2] r Fkk[Pd(PPh3)2(SCN)2]

20.
21.
22.
Page # 24
Which of the following has an optical isomer?

(A) [Co(H2O)4 (en)]3+
(B) [Co(en)2(NH3)2]3+
(C) [Co(N3)3Cl]+
(D) [Co(en) (NH3)2]2+
20.
Match the List I with List II and select the

correct answer from the codes given below
the lists :
List I (Reaction)
(A) CH3CH=CHCHO CH3CH=CHCOOH
(B) CH3CH=CHCHO CH3CH=CHCH2OH
(C) RCOH R CH2OH
(D) CH3CH2COCl CH3CH2CHO
List II (Reagent)
(1) LiAlH4
(2) NaBH4, LiAlH4
(3) Ammoniacal AgNO3
(4) H2 ; Pd/BaSO4
Codes :
A
B
C
D
(A)
4
3
2
1
(B)
1
2
3
4
(C)
3
1
2
4
(D)
2
3
1
4
21.
CH3COCl is used to detect the number of

amino groups in the organic compounds. When
a compound of molecular mass 180 is
acetylated, gives a compound of molecular
mass 390. The number of amino groups in
the compound is :
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 5
(D) 4
22.
fuEu esal sdkS

ul ki zd kf' kd l eko; or kn' kkZ
r kgS?
(A) [Co(H2O)4 (en)]3+
(B) [Co(en)2(NH3)2]3+
(C) [Co(N3)3Cl]+
(D) [Co(en) (NH3)2]2+
Lr EHkI r FkkLr EHk II esal ghdw

V dk fey ku dhft ; s:
Lr EHkI (vfHkf; k)
(A) CH3CH=CHCHO CH3CH=CHCOOH
(B) CH3CH=CHCHO CH3CH=CHCH2OH
(C) RCOH R CH2OH
(D) CH3CH2COCl CH3CH2CHO
Lr EHkII (vfHkdeZ
d)
(1) LiAlH4
(2) NaBH4, LiAlH4
(3) veks
fudy AgNO3
(4) H2 ; Pd/BaSO4
dw
V:
A
B
C
D
(A)
4
3
2
1
(B)
1
2
3
4
(C) 3 1
2
4
(D)
2
3
1
4
dkmi ; ksx dkcZ

fud ; kS
fxdksaesaNH2 l ew
g dk
i r kyxkusdsfy, fd; kt kr kgS
A180 v.kqHkkj okys; kfSxd
dk, l hVhy hdj .kdj usi j i zkIr ; kS
fxd dkv.kq
Hkkj 390 gks
t kr kgS
] r ks; kS
fxd esavehuksal ew
g dhl a
[ ; kgksxh:
CH3COCl
(A) 1
(C) 5
(B) 2
(D) 4
Page # 25
23.
Which of the following amines will show

carbylamine reaction ?
(A)
(C)
23.
fuEu esal sdkS

ul k, ehu dkcksZ
y , ehu vfHkf; knsrkgS?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(B)
(D)
24.
24.
which is the corret alternate ?

(A) (i) CH3NH2,
dkS
ul hfof/kmi ; q
Dr gS?
(A) (i) CH3NH2,
(ii)
(ii)
R1Schmidt reaction ;R2 HVZ reaction

(B) (i) CH3CH2CONH2 (ii) CH3CH2COBr
R1HVZ reaction ; R2 Schmidt reaction
(C) (i) CH3CH2NH2,
(ii) CH3CH2COBr
R1HVZ reaction ; R2 Schmidt reaction
(D) None is correct
R1f' eV vfH
kf; k;R2 HVZ vfHkf; k
(B) (i) CH3CH2CONH2 (ii) CH3CH2COBr
R1HVZ vfH
kf; k; R2 f' eV vfHkf; k
(C) (i) CH3CH2NH2,
(ii) CH3CH2COBr
R1HVZ vfH
kf; k; R2 f' eV vfHkf; k
(D) bues
al sdksbZugha

25.
26.
Page # 26
What is the major product from the reaction?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
What is the product of the reaction sequence

below ?
(A)
(C)
(B)
(D)
25.
26.
vfHkf; kl seq
[ ; mRikn i zkIr gksxk?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
fuEu vfHkf; ke esamRikn i zkIr gksxk?
(A)
(C)
(B)
(D)
Page # 27
27.
Choose the species that would be perdicted

to be not produced in the following aldol reaction.
(A)
(C)
28.
27.
fuEu esal sdku

Sl kmRikn , YMksy vfHkf; kl si zkIr ughagksxk
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(B)
(D)
Samponification neutralization of O18 labelled

ethyl acetate yields which of the following
isotopically labelled products
28.
l kcq
uhmnkl huhdj .kesaO18 bFkkbZ
y , l hVsV esai zkIr gksrk
gS
] r ksfuEu esal sO18 mRikn esai zkIr gksxk
(A)
(A)
(B)
(B)
(C)
(D) (a)
(C)
(D) approx equal amount of (a) and (c)
r Fkk (c) dscj kcj

29.
What is the structure of the most stable enol

form of the compound ?
(A)
(C)
30.
Page # 28
29.
fuEu ; kS
fxd dhl okZ
f/kd LFkk; hbZ
ukW
yla
j pukgS?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(B)
(D)
Which is the Claisen condensation product

of ethyl propanoate ?
30.
, fFky i zksfi vksusV dkDy st u l a

?kuu mRikn gksxk?
(A)
(A)
(B)
(B)
(C)
(C)
(D)
(D)
2016 SAMPLE PAPER
SAMPLE PAPER (3)

www.etoosindia.com
IIT JEE SAMPLE

PAPER 2016
SECTION - A
1.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Batch
Roll Number
10+1
10+1
10+2
10+3
Crash
1 1
2 2
3 3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2 2
3 3
2
3
4 4
5 5
3
4
Paper
5
6
5
6
5
6
6 6
5
6
5 5
6 6
Paper 1
7 7
8 8
9 9
8
9
Paper 2
Name

A
B C D E
bubble is
A
B C D E

L E N A ME
Test Date
L A S T N A ME
D D MMY Y


the bubble is
P
R S T

.
if required :
'6' should be
filled as 0006
'86' should be
filled as 0086
0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4
3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4
5 5 5 5
5 5 5 5
6 6 6 6
7 7 7 7
6 6 6 6
7 7 7 7
5 5 5 5
6 6 6 6
7 7 7 7
8 8 8 8
9 9 9 9
8 8 8 8
9 9 9 9
8 8 8 8
9 9 9 9
0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4
AITS _ 12th _ JEE MAIN
Page # 2
SECTION - A
[ oLr q
SECTION - A
1.
2.
x + cosx cos
3
f (x) = sin 2x + sin 2
A
1.
x , g(x) = 2 then f (2013) g (2013) = ?

3
x , g(x) = 2 r c f (2013) g (2013) = ?

3
(A) 3/4
(B) 3/4
(A) 3/4
(B) 3/4
(C) 1/4
(D) None
(C) 1/4
(D) dks
bZugha
Suppose that g(x) = 1 +
x & f(g(x)) = 3 +
2.
ekukfd g(x) = 1 + x o f(g(x)) = 3 + 2 x + x

r ksf(x) gS
-
2 x + x, then f(x) is
3.
x + cosx cos
3
f (x) = sin 2x + sin 2
(A) 1 + 2x2
(B) 2 + x2
(C) 1 + x
(D) 2 + x
The number of solutions of the equations

af(x) + g(x) = 0, where a > 0, g(x) 0 and
has minimum value 1/2, is (A) infinitely many
(B) only one
(C) two
(D) zero
3.
(A) 1 + 2x2
(B) 2 + x2
(C) 1 + x
(D) 2 + x
l ehdj .kaf(x) + g(x) = 0, t gka > 0, g(x) 0 r Fkk

U; w
ur e eku 1/2 j [ kr hgS
, dsgy ks
adhl a
[ ; k gksxh(A)
vuUr
(C) nks
(B)
dsoy , d
(D) ' kw
U;
Education is the most powerful weapon which you can use to change the world
Page # 3
4.
f(x)= nlim
then
x n x n
(x > 1)
x n xn
f ( x)n ( x 1 x 2 )
(B) x n |x +
x2
+c
2
f(x)= nlim
rc
dx is -
1 x2
(A) n |x +
(C)
4.
x n x n
(x > 1)
x n xn
f ( x)n ( x 1 x 2 )
1 x2
(A) n |x +
1 x2 | + c
(B) x n |x +
1 x2 | + c
(D) None
(C)
x2
+c
2
gksxk -
dx
1 x2 | + c
1 x2 | + c
(D) dks
bZugha
; fn A o B nks?kVuk; sabl i zd kj gSfd P(A B) 3/4

r Fkk1/8 P(A B) 3/8, r c -
If A and B are two events such that P(A B)

3/4 and 1/8 P(A B) 3/8, then (A) P(A) + P(B) 11/8 (B) P(A) . P(B) 3/8
(C) P(A) + P(B) 7/8 (D) none of these
5.
6.
The area bounded by the curve y = x + sin x

and its inverse function between the ordinates x = 0 and x = 2, is (A) 8 sq unit
(B) 4 sq unit
(C) 8 sq unit
(D) None of these
6.
dksfV; ksx = 0 r Fkkx = 2dse/; oy = x + sin x r Fkk

bl dsi zfr ykse Qyu } kj ki fj c) {ks=kdk{ks=kQy gS
(A) 8 oxZbdkbZ
(B) 4 oxZbdkbZ
(C) 8 oxZbdkbZ
(D) bues
al sdksbZugha
7.
Let g(x) be a function defined on [1, 1]. If

the area of the equilateral triangle with two
of its vertices at (0, 0) and (x, g(x)) is equal
7.
ekukg(x) , d Qy u gSt ksvUr j ky [1, 1] esai fj Hkkf"kr

gS
A; fn nks' kh"kks(0, 0) o (x, g(x)) oky sl eckgqf=kHkq
t
5.
to
3 /4, then the function g(x) is -
(A) 1 x 2
(B)
(C)
(D) None of these
1 x2
1 x2
(A) P(A) + P(B) 11/8 (B) P(A) . P(B) 3/8

(C) P(A) + P(B) 7/8 (D) bues
al sdksbZugha
dk {kS
=kQy 3 /4, gS
] r c Qy u g(x) gS(A) 1 x 2
(B)
(C)
(D)
1 x2
1 x2
buesal sdksbZugha
cM+k lkspks vkSj gkjus ls er MjksA
Page # 4
; fn l Hkh x R dsfy ; sf (x) = x3 + x2 f (1) +

x f(2) + f(3) gS
] r c f(x) =
If f (x) = x3 + x2 f (1) + x f(2) + f(3) for

all x R, then f(x) =
(A) x3 + 2x2 5x + 6 (B) x3 + 2x2 + 6x 5
(C) x3 5x2 + 6x + 2 (D) x3 5x2 + 2x + 6
8.
9.
If x [0, 2] and g(x) = f(x) + f(2 x). Also,

f(x) < 0, then g(x)
(A) increases in [0, 2]
(B) decreases in [0, 2]
(C) decreases in [0, 1) and increases in (1, 2]
(D) increases in [0, 1) and decreases in (1, 2]
9.
; fn x [0, 2] r Fkk g(x) = f(x) + f(2 x) gS

A
f"(x) < 0 H
khgS
] r c g(x)
(A) [0, 2] es
ao/kZ
eku gS
(B) [0, 2] es
akl eku gS
(C) [0, 1) es
akl eku r Fkk (1, 2] esao/kZ
eku gS
(D) [0, 1) es
ao/kZ
eku r Fkk (1, 2] esakl eku gS
10.
If
10.
; fn
8.
dx
x 2 ( x n 1) (n1) / n = [f(x)]
1/n
is(A) (1 + xn)
(C) xn + xn
11.
n1/
1/n
(A) (1 + xn)
(C) xn + xn
11.
f ( x 2 / 4)[f ( x ) f ( x )]
dx is
g( x 2 / 4)[g( x ) g( x )]
(A) depend on
(C) zero
dx
x 2 ( x n 1) (n1) / n = [f(x)]
+c
gS
, r ksf(x)
gS
(B) 1 + xn
(D) None of these
If f(x) and g(x) are continuous functions, the
12.
+ c, then f(x)
(A) x3 + 2x2 5x + 6 (B) x3 + 2x2 + 6x 5

(C) x3 5x2 + 6x + 2 (D) x3 5x2 + 2x + 6
; fn f(x) r Fkkg(x) l r r ~Qy u gS

] r ks
n1 /
4 x x 3 n (a 2 3a 3), 0 x 3
f(x) =
x 18,
x 3
complete set of values of a such that f(x) as

a local minima at x = 3 is
(A) [1, 2]
(B) (, 1) (2, )
(C) [1, 2]
(D) (, 1) (2, )
f ( x 2 / 4)[f ( x ) f ( x )]
dx gS
g( x 2 / 4)[g( x ) g( x )]
(A) i j
(C) ' kw
U;
(B) a non-zero constant

(D) None of these
(B) 1 + xn
(D) bues
al sdksbZugha
fuHkZ
j
(B) , d v' kw
U; vpj
(D) bues
al sdksbZugha
4 x x 3 n (a 2 3a 3), 0 x 3
12.
f(x) =
x 18,
x 3
dsekuksadk l Ei w
. kZl eq
Pp; r kfd f(x), x = 3 i j
LFkkuh; fufEu"B gks
(A) [1, 2]
(C) [1, 2]
(B) (, 1) (2, )
(D) (, 1) (2, )
The roots of education are bitter, but the fruit is sweet
Page # 5
13.
(A) e
(C) 1
14.
1/ n
is
14.
(3x 4y 7)2
is
4
dk eku gS
(B) e2
(D) e3
nh?kZ
o`k(5x 10)2 + (5y + 15)2 =
(A) 10
(C) 20/7
(B) 20/3
(D) 4
A natural number x is chosen at random from

the first one hundred natural numbers. The
1/ n
15.
(B) 20/3
(D) 4
i zFke l kSi zkr l a

[ ; kvksaesal s, d i zkr l a
[ ; kx dk; kn`PN; k
( x 20)( x 40)
< 0 gks
us dh
x 30
p; u fd; k t kr k gS
] r ks
i zkf; dr k gksxh-
(A)
1
50
(B)
9
50
(A)
1
50
(B)
9
50
(C)
3
25
(D)
7
25
(C)
3
25
(D)
7
25
If the equation of a line and a plane be
x3 y4 z5
and 4x 2y z = 1 re2
3
2
spectively, then
(A) the line is parallel to the plane
(B) the line is perpendicular to the plane
(C) the line lies in the plane
(D) none of these
(3x 4y 7)2
4
dsnh?kZv{k dhy EckbZgS

&
( x 20)( x 40)
probability that
< 0 is x 30
16.
2
n
lim tan
tan ... tan
n
2n
2n
2n
(A) e
(C) 1
The length of the major axis of the ellipse
(A) 10
(C) 20/7
13.
(B) e2
(D) e3
(5x 10)2 + (5y + 15)2 =
15.
tan ... tan

The value of lim tan
n
2n
2n
2n
16.
; fn , d j s[kk r Fkk , d l er y dh l ehdj .k e' k%

x3 y4 z5
r Fkk4x 2y z = 1 gS
] rc
2
3
2
j s[kk l er y dsl ekUr j gS

j s[kk dsl er y dsy Ecor gS
(C) j s
[ kk l er y esafLFkr gS
(D) bues
al sdksbZugha
(A)
(B)
iwjs fo'okl ds lkFk vius liuks dh rjQ cM+k]s ogh ftanxh ft;ks ftldh dYiuk vkius dh gSA
17.
18.
19.
Page # 6
Passage (Q.17 to 18) :

The number of ways in which n identical items
can be divided into r groups so that no group
contains less than m items and more than k
(m < k), is
Coe ffic ient of x n in th e expans ion of
(xm + xm+1 ++ xk)r
The number of ways of distributing 5 identical balls into three boxes so that no box is
empty (each box being large enough to accommodate all balls), is
(A) 35
(B) 53
(C) 15
(D) None
In how many ways can 20 identical toys be
distributed among 4 children so that each
one gets at least 3 toys ?
(A) 11C2
(B) 12C3
11
(C) C3
(D) None
StatementI : If u and v are unit vectors
inclined at an angle and x is a unit vector

bisecting the angle between them, then
x| ka
' k(i z. 17 l s18) :
mu r j hdksadhl a
[ ; kft ul sn , d l eku oLr q
v ksadksr l ew
gksa
esafoHkkft r fd; k t k l dr k gSr kfd fdl hHkhl ew
g esam
oLr vqksal sde r Fkkk (m < k) l svf/kd u gks](xm + xm+1
++ xk)r dsi z
l kj esaxn dsxq
. kka
d dscj kcj gS
A
17.
(A) 35
(C) 15
18.
19.
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(B) 53
(D) dks
bZugha
20 , d l eku f[ ky kS
uksadks4 cPpksadse/; fdr usi zd kj l s
for fj r fd; kt kl dr kgSr kfd i zR; sd cPpkde l sde 3
f[ ky kS
usi zkIr dj sa?
(A)
(C)
x = ( u + v )/(2 sin(/2)).
Statement-II : If ABC is an isosceles triangle with AB = AC = 1, then the vector
representing the bisector of angle A is given
by AD = ( AB + AC )/2.
Both statement-I and statement-II are true but
statement-II is not the correct explanation of
statement-I.
Both statement-I and statement- II are true, and
statement-II is correct explanation of Statement-I.
Statement-I is true but statement-II is false.
Statement-I is false but statement-II is true
mu r j hdksadhl a
[ ; kft ul s5 , d l eku xsa
nksadksr hu cDl ksa
esaj [ kkt kr kgSt cfd dksbZHkhcDl k[ kky hughaj gs(i zR; sd
cDl kl Hkhxsa
nksadksj [ kusft r ukcM+
kgS
), gks
xh
11
11
(B) 12C3
(D) dks
bZugha
C2
C3
dFkuI : ; fn u r Fkk v bdkbZl fn`k dks.ki j >q

d sgq
,
gSr Fkk x bdkbZl fn`kgSt ksmudse/; dks.kdksl ef} Hkkft r
dj r k gS
] rc
x = ( u + v )/(2 sin(/2)).
dFku-II : ; fn ABC , d l ef} ckgqf=kHktq gSt gkAB =
AC = 1, r c dks
. kA dsv/kZ
d dksfu: fi r dj usoky kl fn`k
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
A
AD = ( AB + AC )/2 ds} kj kfn; kt kr kgS
dFku-I o dFku-II nksuksal R; gS
ai j a
r qdFku-II] dFku-I dk
l ghLi "Vhdj .kughagS
dFku-I o dFku-II nksuksal R; gS
ar FkkdFku-II
dFku-I dk l ghLi "Vhdj .k gS
dFku-I l R; gSi j Ur qdFku-II vl R; gS
dFku-I vl R; gSi j Ur qdFku-II l R; gS
It is the mark of an educated mind to be able to entertain a thought without accepting it
Page # 7
20.
21.
22.
If the system of linear equations

x + 4ay + az = 0, x + 3by + bz = 0, x + 2cy +
cz = 0
have a non-trivial solution, then a, b, c are
in
(A) H.P.
(B) G.P.
(C) A.P.
(D) none of these
20.
Vertices of a variable triangle are (3, 4),

(5 cos , 5 sin ) and (5 sin , 5 cos ),
where R. Locus of its orthocentre is
(A) (x + y 1)2 + (x y 7)2 = 100
(B) (x + y 7)2 + (x y 1)2 = 100
(C) (x + y 7)2 + (x + y 1)2 = 100
(D) (x + y 7)2 + (x y + 1)2 = 100
21.
Equation of a circle which passes thought

the point (2, 0) and whose centre is the limit
of the point of intersection of the lines 3x + 5y
= 1 and
(2 + ) x + 52y = 1 as tends to 1 is
(A) 25(x2 + y2) + 20x 2y 140 = 0
(B) 25(x2 + y2) 20x + 2y 60 = 0
(C) 9(x2 + y2) 20x 2y + 4 = 0
22.
; fn j S
f[ kd l ehdj .kfudk;
x + 4ay + az = 0, x + 3by + bz = 0, x + 2cy +
cz = 0
, d vr q
PN gy j [ kr h gS
] r c a, b, c gS
(A) gj kR
ed Js.khesa
(B) xq
. kkskj Js.khesa
(C)
l ekUr j Js.khesa
(D)
buesal sdksbZugha
, d pj f=kHkq
t ds' kh"kZ(3, 4), (5 cos , 5 sin ) r Fkk
(5 sin , 5 cos ) gS
] t gk R r c bl dsy EcdsUnz
dk fcUnq
i Fk gS
(A) (x + y 1)2 + (x y 7)2 = 100
(B) (x + y 7)2 + (x y 1)2 = 100
(C) (x + y 7)2 + (x + y 1)2 = 100
(D) (x + y 7)2 + (x y + 1)2 = 100
ml o`kdkl ehdj .kt ksfcUnq(2, 0) l sgksd j xq

t j r kgSr Fkk
ft l dkdsUnzj s[kkvksa3x + 5y = 1, oa(2 + ) x + 52y =
1 dsi z
fr PNsn fcUnqdh 1 i j l hek gS
, gks
xk(A) 25(x2 + y2) + 20x 2y 140 = 0
(B) 25(x2 + y2) 20x + 2y 60 = 0
(C) 9(x2 + y2) 20x 2y + 4 = 0
(D) 9(x2 + y2) 2x 20y + 4 = 0
(D) 9(x2 + y2) 2x 20y + 4 = 0

23.
The equation of the circle touching the lines
y = x at a distance
2
2 units from the origin is
(A) x + y 4x + 2 = 0
(B) x2 + y2 + 4x 2 = 0
(C) x2 + y2 + 4x + 2 = 0
(D) None of these
23.
j s[kkvksa y = x dksew
y fcUnql s 2 bdkbZnw
j h i j Li ' kZ
dj usoky so`kdk l ehdj .k gksxk&
(A) x2 + y2 4x + 2 = 0
(B) x2 + y2 + 4x 2 = 0
(C) x2 + y2 + 4x + 2 = 0
(D) bues
al sdksbZugha
eqf'dys oks phtsa gksrh gS] tks gesa rc fn[krh gS tc gekjk /;ku y{; ij ugha gksrkA

24.
25.
Page # 8
ABCD is a square with side AB = 2. A point P

moves such that its distance from A equals
its distance from the line BD. The locus of P
meets the line AC at T1 and the line through
A parallel to BD at T2 and T3. The area of
T1T2T3 is
(A) 1/2
(B) 2/3
(C) 1
(D) 2
24.
a2
(A) 1/2
(C) 1
25.
b2
is the same and the is equal to
a 2b
.
2
( c a ) ( a b )] ; (where a , b and c
are non zero non-coplanar vector) is equal to

(A) [ a b c ]2

(C) [ a b c ]4
(B) [ a b c ]3

(D) [ a b c ]
y2
b2
1 i j nksfcU
nqgS
aft udhbl dsdsUnzl s
a 2 2b 2
dscj kcj gS
] r ksnh?kZ
o`k dh
2
mRdsUnzrk gksxh(B) 1 / 2
(D) 1 / 3 2
(C) 1/3
[( a b ) ( b c ) ( b c ) ( c a )
(A) 1/2
The projection of the line 3x y + 2z 1 = 0

= x + 2y z 2 on the plane 3x + 2y + z = 0, is(A) 3x + 2y + z = 0 = 3x 8y + 7z + 4
(B) 3x 2y z = 0 = 3x 8y + 7z + 4
(C) 3x 2y + z = 0 = 3x 8y 7z + 4
(D) None of these
a2
(B) 2/3
(D) 2
nw
j h l eku r Fkk
Then the eccentricity of the ellipse is (A) 1/2

(B) 1 / 2
(C) 1/3
(D) 1 / 3 2
x2
nh?kZ
o`k
1 whose distance from its centre

2
27.
oxZgSft l dhHktq kAB = 2 gS

A, d fcUnqP bl
i zd kj xfr eku gSfd A l sbl dhnw
j hj s[kkBD l sbl dhnw
jh
dscj kcj gS
AP dkfcUnq
i Fkj s[kkAC dksT1 i j feyr kgSr Fkk
BD dsl ekraj A l sgks
d j t kusokyh j s[kk T2 , oaT3 i j
feyr h gS
, r c T1T2T3 dk {ks
=kQy gksxk -
There are exactly two points on the ellipse
26.
ABCD , d
26.
l er y 3x + 2y + z = 0 i j j s[kk
3x y + 2z 1 = 0 = x + 2y z 2 dki z
{ksi gksxk(A) 3x + 2y + z = 0 = 3x 8y + 7z + 4
(B) 3x 2y z = 0 = 3x 8y + 7z + 4
(C) 3x 2y + z = 0 = 3x 8y 7z + 4
(D) bues
al sdksbZugha
27.
[( a b ) ( b c )( b c )
( c a ) ( a b )] ; (t gka , b
vl er yh; l fn`kgS
), dkeku gks
xk

(A) [ a b c ]2

(C) [ a b c ]4
o c v' kU
w;
(B) [ a b c ]3

(D) [ a b c ]
Any man who reads too much and uses his own brain too little falls into lazy habits of thinking.
(c a )
Page # 9
28.
29.
If n1, n2, n3, ....... n100 are positive real number such that n1 + n2 + n3 + ............+ n100 = 20
and k = n1(n2 + n3 + n4)(n5 + n6 + ..... + n9)
(n10 + ...... + n16) ..... (.... + n100) then k
belongs to (A) (0, 100]
(B) (0, 128]
(C) [0, 144]
(D) None of these
28.
Solution of the differential equation -
29.
(A) (0, 100]

(C) [0, 144]
y(xy + 2x2y2) dx + x (xy x2y2)dy = 0 is
1
(C) 2 log | x | + log | y | + xy = C
1
(D) 2 log | y | + log | x | + xy = C
x(1 y 2 )
, then the equation of
1 x2
the curve will be given that curve passes
through the point (3,1)
(A) 5(1+y2) = 1 + x2 (B) 1 + y2 = 1 + x2
(C) 1 + y2 = 5 (1 + x2) (D) none
dk gy
1
(A) 2 log | x | log | y | xy = C
1
(B) 2 log | y | log | x | xy = C
1
(B) 2 log | y | log | x | xy = C
at P. If NQ =
vody u l ehdj .k
fn; k t k; sxk -
1
(A) 2 log | x | log | y | xy = C
A normal at P(x, y) on a curve meets the

x-axis at Q & N is the foot of the ordinate
(B) (0, 128]

(D) bues
aesal sdksbZugha
y(xy + 2x2y2) dx + x (xy x2y2)dy = 0
given by
30.
; fn /kukRed okLr fod l a

[ ; k, n1, n2, n3, ....... n100
bl i zd kj gS
afd n1 + n2 + n3 + ............+ n100 = 20
r Fkkk = n1(n2 + n3 + n4)(n5 + n6 + ..... + n9)
(n10 + ...... + n16) ..... (.... + n100) gS
] r ksk fuEu
l sl a
ca
f/kr gksxk-
1
(C) 2 log | x | + log | y | + xy = C
1
(D) 2 log | y | + log | x | + xy = C
30.
o dsfcUnqP(x, y) i j [ kha
pkx; kvfHky Ec x-v{kdksQ
i j feyr kgSr Fkk N fcU
nqP dhdksfV dki kn gS; fn NQ =
x(1 y 2 )
gS
] r kso dkl ehdj .kD; kgks
xkt cfd fn; kgSfd
1 x2
o fcUnq(3,1) l sgksd j xq
t j r k gS
(A) 5(1+y2) = 1 + x2 (B) 1 + y2 = 1 + x2
(C) 1 + y2 = 5 (1 + x2) (D) dks
bZugha
Page # 10
PART - II [PHYSICS]
1.
The energy levels of a certain atom for 1st,

2nd and 3rd levels are E, 4E/3 and 2E
respectively. A photon of wavelength is
emitted for a transition 3 1. What will be the
wavelength of emission for transition 2 1
(A) /3
(B) 4/3
(C) 3/4
(D) 3
2.
A luminous point object is moving along the

principal axis of a concave mirror of focal
length 12 cm towards it. When its distance
from the mirror is 20 cm its velocity is 4 cm/s.
The velocity of the image in cm/s at that
instant is (A) 6 towards the mirror
(B) 6 away from the mirror
(C) 9 away from the mirror
(D) 9 towards the mirror
3.
A small source of light is 4 cm below the

surface of a liquid of refractive index 5/3. In
order to cut off all the light coming out of
liquid surface, minimum diameter of the disc
placed on the surface of liquid is (A) 3 m
(B) 4 m
(C) 6m
(D)
4.
A particle is moving with a real velocity V m/s

along the straight line shown. An observer at
the end of the same line is viewing the a
particle. Which of the following graphs most
appropriately represent the velocity of the
particle as seen by the observer ? All the
medium boundaries are in the state of rest -
1.
fdl hi j ek.kqds1st, 2nd r Fkk3rd t kZLr j ksadht k,Z

e' k%E, 4E/3 r Fkk2E gS
a
A, d QksVkW
u ft l dhr j a
xnS
/; Z
gSl
a e.k3 1 gsrqmRl ft Z
r gksrkgS
Al a
e.k2 1 gsrq
mRl ft Z
r rja
xnS
/; Zgksxh(A) /3
(C) 3/4
2.
, d i zfr nhIr fcUnqoLr q

] 12 cm Qksd l yEckbZds, d vor y
ni .Zkdseq
[ ; v{kl svuq
fn' kbl dhvksj xfr ' khy gS
At c ni Z
.k
l sbl dhnw
j h20 cm gksr c bl dkosx 4 cm/s gksxkAbl
{k.ki j i zfr fcEc dk osx cm/s esagksxk(A) ni Z
. k dhvksj 6 cm/s
(B) ni Z
. k l snw
j 6 cm/s
(C) ni Z
. k l snw
j 9 cm/s
(D) ni Z
. k dhvksj 9 cm/s
3.
i zd k' k dk , d y ?kqL=kksr] 5/3vi or Z

uka
d ds, d nzo dh
l r g l suhpsgS
Anzo l r g l sckgj vkr si w
j si zd k' kdksj ksd us
dsfy , fdl U; w
ur e O
; kl dh pdr h nzo dh l r g i j
j [ kuh gksxh(A) 3 m
(C) 6m
4.
Air
(B) 4 m
(D)
, d d.k] V m/s dsokLr fod osx dsl kFkn' kkZ

bZxbZl h/kh
j s[kkdsvuq
fn' kxfr ' khy gS
Al eku j s[kkdsfl j si j fLFkr , d
i zs{kd d.kdksns[kj gkgS
AfuEu esal sdku
Sl kxzkQ i zs{kd } kj k
ns[ksx, d.k dsosx dksl okZ
f/kd mfpr r j hdsl si znf' kZ
r
dj r kgS
A l Hkhek/; e l hek, safoj ke dhvoLFkk esagSAir
(B) 4/3
(D) 3
3 4
3 4
Optimism is the faith that leads to achievement. Nothing can be done without hope and confidence.
(D)
Time
5.
100
(C)
ohm
1.6 0.39
(B)
l e;
(D)
vkHkkl hosx
vkHkkl h osx
l e;
(C)
l e;
l e;
Time
Calculate the resistance of a semiconductor

rod of length 10 cm and cross-section area
1 mm2, if it is doped with a total of 1015
donor atoms at room temperature. Given that
the electron mobility = 0.39 m2/volt-sec and
electron charge = 1.6 1019 coulomb :
1
(A)
ohm
1.60 0.39
6.
Time
Apparent Velocity
(C)
Apparent Velocity
Time
(A)
vkHkkl hosx
(B)
Apparent Velocity
Apparent Velocity
(A)
vkHkkl h osx
Page # 11
5.
1
(B)
ohm
1.6 0.39 100
(D) 1.60.39100 ohm
A p-n-p transistor is used as an amplifier in

the common-base configuration. If the ratio
of cha nge in c urre nt in e mitt er a nd
corresponding change in current in collector
is 1.25, then the value of current gain is :
(A) 0.8
(B) 0.9
(C) 1.0
(D) 1.25
6.
10 cm yEckbZr Fkk1 mm2 {ks

=kQy
dsvuq
i zLFkdkV okyh, d
v) Z
pkyd NM+dki zfr j ks/kKkr dj ks]; fn ; g dej sdsr ki eku
i j dq
y 1015 nkr ki j ek.kql svi fefJr dht k; sAfn; kx; k
gS: bysDVkW
u dh xfr ' khyr k = 0.39 m2/volt-sec o
bysDVkW
u vkos'k = 1.6 1019 dw
y kW
e:
(A)
1
ohm
1.60 0.39
(B)
1
ohm
1.6 0.39 100
(C)
100
ohm
1.6 0.39
(D) 1.60.39100 ohm
, d p-n-p Vka
ft LVj mHk; fu"B vk/kkj foU;kl esai zo/kd
Z ds
: i esai z;q
Dr fd; kt kr kgS
A; fn mRl t Z
d esa/kkj kesai fj or Z
u
r Fkkbl dsl a
xr l a
xzkgd esa/kkj kesai fj or Z
u dkvuq
i kr 1.25
gS
] r c /kkj k ykHkdk eku gS:
(A) 0.8
(C) 1.0
(B) 0.9
(D) 1.25
Do you want to know who you are? Don't ask. Act! Action will delineate and define you.

7.
In the circuit shown in figure all the diodes are

ideal. The current drawn from the battery of
1.5 volts emf and 1internal resistance is :
1.5
A
10
(A) 1
3
1.5
A
10
(B) 1
2
8.
(C)
1.5
A
11
(D)
1.5
A
10
(D) none of these
7.
1.5
A
10
(B) 1
2
D2
10
10
1.5V
+
1
fp=k esan' kkZ

, i fj i Fk esal HkhMk; ksMvkn' kZgS
A 1.5 oksYV
fo- ok- cy r Fkk1vkUr fj d i zfr j ks/kdhcS
Vj hl si zokfgr
/kkj k gS:
1.5
A
(A) 10 1
3
D1
10
D1
10
D2
10
10
D3
1.5
A
(C)
11
(D)
In figure, a coil of single turn is wound on a

sphere of radius r and mass m. The plane of the
coil is parallel to the inclined plane and lies in
the equatorial plane of the sphere. If the sphere
is in rotational equilibrium, the value of B is :
mg
(A)
ir
mg sin
(B)
i
mg sin
(C)
ir
9.
Page # 12
8.
1.5V
+
1
D3
1.5
A
10
fp=k esa
] , dy Qsjsdh, d dq
. My hr f=kT; ko m nzO
; eku
dsxksy si j y i sVh xbZgS
A dq
. My h dk r y vkur r y ds
l ekUrj gSr Fkkxksy sdsl er y esaj [ kkgS
A; fn xksy k?k.wkZ
u
l kE; koLFkk esagS
] r ksB dkeku gS
:
mg
ir
mg sin
(B)
i
mg sin
(C)
ir
(A)
O
B
mg
A campound microscope has a magnification

power of 100 when the image is formed at
infinity. the objective has a focal length of
0.5 cm and the tube length is 6.5 cm. Find
the focal length of eyepiece.
(A) 1 cm
(B) 2 cm
(C) 20 cm
(D) 40 cm
(D)
9.
buesal sdksbZugha
O
B
mg
,d l a
;q
Dr l w
{en' khZ100 vko/kZ
u {ker k j [ kr k gSt c
i zfr fcEc vuUr i j cur k gS
A vfHkn`' ; d dh Qksd l nw
jh
0.5 cm gS
auS
f=kdk dhQksd l nw
j hKkr dhft ; s&
(A) 1 cm
(C) 20 cm
(B) 2 cm
(D) 40 cm
dk;Z gh lQyrk dh cqfu;kn gSA
Page # 13
Three charges +4q, Q and q are placed in a

straight line of length at points distances
0, /2 and respectively. What should be Q in
order to make the net force on q to be zero ?
(A) q
(B) 4q
(C)
(A) q
(C)
(D) 2q
A point source has been placed as shown in the
11.
q
2
(D) 2q
, d fcUnqL=kksr dksuhpsfp=kesan' kkZ

; svuq
l kj fLFkr fd; k
x; k gS
A Lhu i j og y EckbZD; k gksxht gk r d ni Z
. kl s
will receive reflected light from the mirror ?
i j kofr Z
r dk' kkIr fd; kt k; sxk?
(A) 2 H
(A) 2 H
(C) H
SOURCE
H
(D) None
H
(B) 3H
SOURCE
(C) H
(D) dks
bZugha
2H
Surface charge density on a ring of radius a
12.
H
H
2H
, d oy ; dhf=kT; ka r FkkpkS
M+
kbZd gS
] bl dki `"B vkos'k
and width d is . It rotates with frequency
?kuRo gS
A; g vi uhv{kdsi fj r %vko`fkdsl kFk?k.wkZ
u
about its own axis. Assume that the charge
dj r hgS
Aekukfd vkos'kdsoy ck l r g i j gS
AdsUnzi j
is only on outer surface. The magnetic field
pq
Ecdh; {ks=k gS-
induction at centre is -
13.
(B) 4q
figure. What is the length on the screen that
(B) 3H
12.
r hu vkos'kksa+4q, Q o q dks y EckbZdhl j y j s[kk i j

e' k%0, /2 o nw
fj ; ksai j j [ kk x; k gS
Aq i j usV cy
' kw
U; gksusdsfy ; sQ D; k gksxk?
SCREEN
11.
q
2
10.
SCREEN
10.
(A) 0d
(B) 0d
(C) 20d
d
(D)
2 0
In single slit diffraction the linear position of
13.
(A) 0d
(B) 0d
(C) 20d
(D)
d
2 0
, dy fNnzfoor Z
u esadsUnzl sf} r h; fufEu"V dh j s[kh;
2nd minima from centre is y, D is screen distance,
fLFkfr y gS
, D i ns
Zdhnw
j h] r j a
xnS
/; Zr Fkkd fNnzpkS
M+
kbZ
is wavelength, d is slit width than y is -
gks] r c y gksxk-
(A)
d
D
(B)
2d
D
(A)
d
D
(B)
2d
D
(C)
2D
d
(D)
2Dd
(C)
2D
d
(D)
2Dd
Quality is not an act, it is a habit

14.
Page # 14
A metal rod of mass m and length l is rotating
14.
with a constant angular velocity about an
dsl
axis passing through O and normal to its
kFkbl dhy EckbZdsvfHky Ec r FkkO l sxq

t j r sv{k
Bl 2
gSx1 (x1 < x2) Kkr dhft , : (pq
Ecdh; {ks=k B
6
Bl 2
rod is
, Find x1 (x1 < x2) (Magnetic field
6
r y l sy Ecor uhpsdhvksj gS
)
B is vertically downward) :
x1
x2
x1
x2
(A)
l
4
(B)
l
3
(C)
l
6
(D)
l
7
The height of the image formed by a converging
15.
lens on a screen is 8 cm. For the same position
(A)
l
4
(B)
l
3
(C)
l
6
(D)
l
7
, d vfHkl kj hy sUl } kj k i nsZi j fufeZ

r i zfr fcEc dhpkbZ
8 cm gS
AoLr qr Fkki nsZdhl
of the object and screen again an image of
16.
/kkr qNM+fu; r dks.kh; osx
dsi fj r %?kw
. kZ
u dj j ghgS
ANM+dsfl j ksadse/; foHkokUr j
length. Potential difference between ends of
15.
m nz
O
; eku r Fkkl y EckbZdh, d
eku fLFkfr i j i q
u%
] 12.5 cm
size 12.5 cm is formed on the screen by shifting
vkdkj dki zfr fcEc] y sUl dsfoLFkki u } kj kLhu i j fufeZ

r
the lens. The height of the object is -
gksrk gS
A oLr qdhpkbZgS-
(A) 15 cm
(B) 5 cm
(A) 15 cm
(B) 5 cm
(C) 10 cm
(D) None
(C) 10 cm
(D) dks
bZugha
A square loop of length L and resistance R is

pulled out of a magnetic field B. Which is
perpendicular to the loop slowly and uniformly
16.
L y EckbZr FkkR i z
fr j ks/kds, d
(l
oxkZ
d kj y iwdks/khj s-/khj st
sd .M) esa, dl eku : i l s, d pq

Ecdh; {ks=k B t ksy w
i
in t (sec). One edge of the loop was initially
dsr y l sy Ecor gS
] l sckgj fudky kt kr kgS
Ay w
i dk, d
placed at the boundary of the magnetic field.
fl j ki zkj fEHkd fLFkfr esapq

Ecdh; {ks=kdhl heki j fLFkr FkkA
Find the work done in pulling the loop out :
yw
i dksckgj [ kha
pusesafd; k x; k dk; ZKkr dhft , :
(A) B2 L4 / Rt
(A) B2 L4 / Rt
(B) B2 L3 / Rt
(C) B2 L2 / Rt
(D) BL3 / Rt
(C)
B2
L2
/ Rt
(B) B2 L3 / Rt
(D)
BL3
/ Rt
|e gh lQyrk dh daqth gSA
Page # 15
17.
The following figure shows a logic gate circuit
17.
with two inputs A and B and output C. The
, d r kfdZ
d } kj i fj i Fk gS
A A, B o C dsoksYVr k r j xka
xz
voltage waveforms of A, B and C are as
uhpsf} r h; fp=kesai znf' kZ

r gS
shown in second figure below
A
B
Logic gate
circuit
uhpsn' kkZ
; kx; kfp=knksfuos'khA o B r FkkfuxZ
r C oky k
A
B
Logic gate
circuit
Figure (i)
Figure (i)
I
I
A
I
B
I
C
t
Figure (ii)
Figure (ii)
18.
The logic circuit gate is :
r kfdZ
d i fj i Fk } kj gS:
(A) OR gate
(B) AND gate
(A) OR gate
(B) AND gate
(C) NAND gate
(D) NOR gate
(C) NAND gate
(D) NOR gate
If the input and output resistances in a
18.
; fn , d mHk; fu"B vk/kkj i zo/kZ

d i fj i Fk esafuos'kh o
common-base amplifier circuit are 500 ohm
fuxZ
r i zfr j ks/k e' k%500 ohm o 100 kilo-ohm gS
]
and 100 kilo-ohm respectively, what is the
oksYVr k i zo/kZ
u D; kgS
] t c mRl t Z
d /kkj k 5 mA o /kkj k
voltage amplification when the emitter current

is 5 mA and current gain is 0.9 ?
(A) 450
(B) 180
(C) 90
(D) 2.5
y kHk 0.9 gS?

(A) 450
(B) 180
(C) 90
(D) 2.5
Things do not happen. Things are made to happen

19.
Page # 16
A particle of charge +q and mass m, at t = 0,
enters a uniform magnetic field B B 0 k while
moving with a velocity V V0 (i k ), then

(A) it moves along a circular path of radius
(B) it moves along a helical path of pitch
(C) it moves along a helical path of pitch
19.
21.
d.k B B0 k
, dl eku pq
Ecdh; {ks=kesai zos'kdj r kgS
] t c V V0 (i k )
osx l sxfr dj j gk gS
] rc
2mV0
qB 0
(A)
2mV0
; g qB
0
f=kT; k dso`kkdkj i Fk dsvuq

fn' k xfr
dj r kgS
2m
V0
qB0
(B) ; g
2 2m
V0
qB 0
2m
V0 fi p dsl fi Z
y kdkj i Fkdsvuq
fn' kxfr
qB0
dj r kgS
(C)
(D) it moves along a straight line path along

the z-axis
20.
t = 0 i j +q' vkos
' ko m' nzO
; eku dk, d
;g
2 2m
V0 fi p dsl fi Z
y kdkj i Fk dsvuq
fn' k
qB 0
xfr dj r k gS
(D) ; g z-v{kdsvuq
fn' kl j y j s[kh; i Fki j xfr dj r kgS
In the Boolean algebra ( A . B) . A equals to :

20.
(A) A B
(B) A
(C) A . B
(D) A + B
In YDSE the ratio of intensity at path

difference /4 and O is (A) 2 : 1
(B) 1 : 2
(C) 1 : 1
(D) 1 : 4
Passage: (Q.22 to 23)

The potential difference across a 2H inductor
as a function of time is shown in diagram. At
time t = 0, current is zero.
21.
cw
fy ; u cht xf.kr esa( A . B) . A cj kcj gS:
(A) A B
(B) A
(C) A . B
(D) A + B
;a
x f} fNnzi z;ksx esa/4 r Fkk O i FkkUr j i j r hozrk dk
vuq
i kr gksxk(A) 2 : 1
(C) 1 : 1
x| ka
' k: (Q.22 l s23)
, d 2H i zsjd dsfl j ksai j foHkokUrj l e; dsQy u ds: i
esauhpsesan' kkZ
, svuq
l kj i fj ofr Z
r gS
At = 0 i j /kkj k' kw
U; gS
A
VL(volt)
V L(volt)
(B) 1 : 2
(D) 1 : 4
t(s)
t(s)
HkkX; lkglh dk lkFk nsrk gSA
Page # 17
22.
Area under VL-t graph gives -
22.
(A) Current
VL-t
xzkQ dsv/khu {ks=kQy nsrk gS-
(A) /kkj k
(B) Change in current
(B) /kkj kes

ai fj or Z
u
(C) Product of inductance and current
(C) i z
sj.kr Fkk/kkj kdkxq
. kuQy
(D) Product of inductance and change in current
(D) i z
sj.kr Fkk/kkj kesai fj or Z
u dkxq
. kuQy
23..
24.
Current at t = 1S is (A) 1A
(B) 2A
(C) 4A
(D) 8A
23.
Two wavelengths of light 1 and 2 are sent
24.
through Youngs double slit apparatus
i j /kkj k gS-
(A) 1A
(B) 2A
(C) 4A
(D) 8A
o 2 nksr j a
xnS
/; ksZdsi zd k' k; a
x f} j s[kkfNnzmi dj .k
l s, d l kFkxq
t kj st kr sgS
A 1 o 2 dsfy , D; kl ghgksuk
simultaneously. What must be true about
pkfg, ] ; fn r `r h; dksfV dh pedhy h fUt 1 dsl a

xr
1and 2 if the third order bright fringe of 1
25.
t = 1S
coincides with fifth order dark fringe of 2 ?
i kpohadksfV dhvnhIr fUt 2 gS?
(A) 31 = 22
(B) 21 = 32
(A) 31 = 22
(B) 21 = 32
(C) 31 = 52
(D) 51 = 32
(C) 31 = 52
(D) 51 = 32
A ball of radius R carries a positive charge

whose volume charge density depends only
on separation r from the balls centre as
= 0 1 where 0 is a constant.
R
Assuming the relative permittivities of the ball

and the environment to be equal to unity.
The electric field at distance r1from centre
(For r1 < R) is -
0 r1 3r1
(A) 3 1
4R
0
0 r1
r1
(C) 2 1
2
R
0
0 r1 r1
(B) 3 1
R
0
(D) None
25.
R f=kT; kdh, d
xsa
n , d /kukRed vkos'kj [ kr hgSft l dk
xsa
n dsdsUnzl sr nw
j h i j vk; r u vkos'k ?kuRo = 0
r
1
R
dsvuq
l kj fuHkZ
j dj r kgSt gk0 , d fu; r kd
a gS
A
; g ekfu; sfd xsa

n r Fkk i fj os'k dhvki sf{kd fo| q
r ' khy r k
bdkbZds cj kcj gS
A dsUnz l s r1 nw
j h i j fo| q
r {ks=k
(r1 < R dsfy ; s
) gS0 r1 3r1
(A) 3 1
4R
0
0 r1 r1
(C) 3 1
R
0
0 r1
r1
(C) 2 1
2
R
0
(D) dks
bZugha
Obstacles are things a person see when he takes his eyes off his goal.

26.
Page # 18
Two concentric spherical shell of radii a,b(a<b)
26.
has charge q and q respectively. Electric field
a, b (a < b) f=kT; kvks

adsnksl
a
d sUnzh; xksy h; dks'ke' k%q
o q vkos'kj [ kr hgS
Afo| q
r {ks=kmi fLFkr gksxk
does exist
b
a
q q
dsoy vkUr fj d xksy sdsvUnj

(B) ds
oy ck xksy sdsckgj
(C) ds
oy nksdks'kksadse/;
(D) l H
kht xg ' kw
U; gS
(A)
(A) Inside inner sphere only

(B) Outside outer sphere only
(C) between two shells only
(D) Everywhere is zero
27.
A particle of mass m and carrying charge q1
27.
is moving around a charge +q2 along a circular

path of radius r. Find period of revolution of
nzO
; eku r Fkkq1 vkos'k dk , d d.k+q2 vkos'k ds
pkj ksavksj r f=kT; kdho kh; d{kkdsvuq
fn' kxfr dj r kgS
A
+q2 dsl ki s
{kq1 vkos'kdk?kw
. kZ
udky Kkr dhft ; s
the charge q1 about +q2
16 3 0 mr 3
q1q 2
(A)
(A)
16 3 0 mr 3
q1q 2
(B)
8 3 0 mr 3
q1q 2
q1q 2
(C)
(C)
28.
q1q 2
16 3 0 mr 3
16 3 0 mr 3
of coordinates and extends along the positive

x, y and z-axes. Suppose the electric field
in this region is given by E = (a + by) j .
28.
8 3 0 mr 3
q1q 2
(D) ' kw
U;
H
kq
t kokys, d ?ku dk, d dksukfunsZ
' kka
d ksadsew
y fcUnqi j
gSr Fkk/kukRed x, y r Fkkz-v{kksadsvuq

fn' kfoLr kfj r gS
A
ekuk bl {ks=k esafo| q
r {ks=k E = (a + by) j } kj k fn; k
x; k gS
A ?ku dsvUnj vkos'k Kkr dhft ; s-
Determine the charge inside the cube -
(A) 20b3
(A) 20b3
(C)
0 b
2
(B)
(D) Zero
A cube of side has one corner at the origin
(C)
q q
(B) 0b3
(D) 40b3
0 b 3
2
(B) 0b3
(D) 40b3
deZ djus esa gh vf/kdkj gS] Qy esa ughaA
Page # 19
statement based question (29 - 30)

(A) If both Statement - I and Statement - II
are true but Statement - II is not the correct
(B) If both Statement- I and Statement- II
are true, and Statement - II is the correct
(C) If Statement - I is true but Statement - II
is false.
(D) If Statement - I is false but Statement - II
is true.
29.
Statement I : Value of
amperian loops is
B . d
for the
dFku v k/kkfj r i z'u (29 - 30)

(A)
A
(B)
29.
(C)
dFku-I l R; gS
] dFku-II vl R; gS
A
(D)
dFku-I vl R; gS
] dFku-II l R; gS
A
dFku-I : uhpsfp=k esan' kkZ

, , fEi ; j y w
i ds B. d dk
eku
5
.
2 0
5
gS
A
2 0
2A
1
A
2
Amperian loop
StatementI : For the situation shown in

figure, if we displace the charge q within the
conducting shell, then nature of distribution
of charge on the outer surface of the shell
does not change.
Q
Amperian loop
dFku-II : fdl hcUn , sfEi; j y w

i i j ] pq
Ecdh; {ks=kdkj s[kk
Statement II : Line integral of magnetic field

over closed amperian loop is equal to 0 times
current enclosed in that loop.
30.
dFku-I l R; gS
] dFku-II l R; gS
A dFku-II, dFku-I
dk l ghLi "Vhdj .k ughagS

A
2A
1
A
2
dFku-I l R; gS
] dFku-II l R; gS
A dFku-II, dFku-I
l ekdy u] bl y w
i esai fj c) /kkj kvksadk 0 xq
uk gksrk gS
A
30.
dFkuI : fp=kesan' kkZ

; hfLFkfr dsfy , ] ; fn ge pky dh;
dks'kdsvUnj q vkos'kdksfoLFkkfi r dj r sgS
] r c dks'kds
ckg~
; i `"B i j vkos'k dsfor j .k dhi zd `fr ughcny r hgS
A
Q
q
Neutral conductor
Neutral conductor
StatementII : Any conducting shell divides

the entire space into two regions (inside and
outside the shell), which are independent to
each other in terms of electric field.
dFkuII : fdl hHkhpky d dks'kdsi jwsLFkku dksnks{ks=kksa

(dks
' k dsvUnj r Fkk ckg~
; ) esafoHkkft r dj l dr sgS
a
] t ks
fo| q
r {ks=kdsi nksaesa, d nw
l j sl sLor a
=kgksrk gS
A
Page # 20
PART - II [CHEMISTRY]
1.
Kp for the reaction : CO2(g)+ H2(g)
1.
CO(g) + H2O(g) is found to be 16 at a

given temperature. Originally equal number
of moles of H2 and CO2 were placed in the
flask . At equilibrium, the pressure of H2 is
1.20 atm. What is the partial pressure of
CO and H2O ?
2.
CO2(g)+ H2(g)
4.
i zfr ok; q
e.My
(A) 4.80 atm each
(B) 9.60 atm each
(A) 4.80
(C) 2.40 atm each
(D) 1.20 atm each
(C) 2.40 i z
fr
10 ml of
M
H2 SO 4 is mixed with 40 ml of
200
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 2.3
(D) none of these
CO(g) + H2O(g) i z
kj EHkesa
y kLd esaH2 r FkkCO2 dhcj kcj eksy gS

Al kE; oLFkki j
H2 dknkc 1.20 atm gS
ACO r FkkCO2 dkvka
f' kd nkc
D; k gksxk?
2.
10 ml,
ok; q
e.My
(B) 9.60 i z
fr
ok; q
e.My
(D) 1.20 i z
fr
ok; q
e.My
M
M
H SO dk40 ml,
H SO dsl
200 2 4
200 2 4
kFk
fey k; k t kr k gS
, cuusoky sfoy ; u dhpH D; kgks
xh\
M
H2 SO 4 . The pH of the resulting solution is
200
3.
j kl k; fud vfHkf; kdsfy, Kp dkeku fn; kx; kr ki i j

16 gS
A:
(A)1
(C)2.3
To 500 cm3 of water 3.0 103 kg of acetic

acid is added. If 23% of acetic acid is
dissociated what will be the depression in
freezing point ? Kf and density of water are
1.86 K kg1 and 0.997 gm cm3 respectively (A) 0.186 K
(B) 0.228 K
(C) 0.372 K
(D) 0.556 K
3.
Which of the following statement(s) is (are)

correct for CaF2 :
(a)Ca2+ ions are present only at the corners
of a cube
(b) c.c.p. type structure
(c) F ions are present in all the octahedral
voids
(d) The structure has 8 : 4 co-ordination
(A) a, b
(B) b, c
(C) b, d
(D) c, d
4.
(B) 2
(D) none of these
500 cm3 t
y esa3.0 103 kg , fl fVd vEy feyk; k

t kr k gS; fn 23% , fl fVd vEy fo; ksft r gksrk gSr ks
fgeka
d esavoueu D; kgksxk? Kf r Fkkt y dk?kuRo e' k%
1.86 K kg1 r Fkk0.997 gm cm3 gS
(A) 0.186 K
(C) 0.372 K
(B) 0.228 K
(D) 0.556 K
fuEu esal sdkS

ul k dFku CaF2 dsfy , l ghgS:
2+
(a) Ca vk; u ds
oy ?ku dsdksuksai j mi fLFkr gksrsgS
a
i zd kj dhl a
j puk
(c) F vk; u l H
khv"VQy dh; fj fDr ; ksaesami fLFkr gksrs
gS
a
(d)l a
j puk 8 : 4 mi l gl a
; kst u l a
[ ; k; q
Dr gS
(b) c.c.p.
(A) a, b
(C) b, d
(B) b, c
(D) c, d
Page # 21
5.
An excited electron of H-atoms emits of

photon of wavelength and returns in the
ground state, the principal quantum number
of excited state is given by
(A)
R ( R 1)
5.
, d H-i j ek.kqdsmksft r by sDVkW

u r j a
xnS
/; ZdsQksVksu
mRl ft Z
r dj r kgS
] , oavk| voLFkkesai q
u%y kS
V vkr kgS
] r ks
mksft r voLFkk esaeq
[ ; Doka
Ve l a
[ ; k gksxh-
(B)
R
(R 1)
(A)
(C)
(D)
(R 1)
R
R ( R 1)
(B)
R
(R 1)
(D)
(R 1)
R
1
(C)
6.
7.
8.
R (R 1)
Standard enthalpies of formation of O3, CO2,

NH3 and HI are 142.2, 393.2, 46.2 and
+25.9 kJ mol1 respectively. The order of their
increasing stabilities will be :
(A) O3, CO2, NH3, HI (B) CO2, NH3, HI, O3
(C) O3, HI, NH3, CO2 (D) NH3, HI, CO2, O3
6.
22.4 litres of H2S and 22.4 litres of SO2 both

at STP are mixed together. The amount of
sulphur precipitated as a result of chemical
calculation is : (2H2S + SO2 3S + 2H2O)
(A) 16 g
(B) 23 g
(C) 48 g
(D) 96 g
7.
M
FeSO4 was titrated
A solution of 10 ml
10
Which solution will show highest resistance

during the passage of current ?
(A) 1 NNaCl
(B) 0.1 NNaCl
(C) 2 NNaCl
(D) 0.05 NNaCl
O3, CO2, NH3 o HI dsfuekZ

. kdhekud
, UFkS
fYi ; kae' k%
142.2, 393.2, 46.2 o +25.9 kJ mol1 gS
a
A
budsc<+
r sgq
, LFkkf; Ro dke gksxk(A) O3, CO2, NH3, HI
(C) O3, HI, NH3, CO2
(B) CO2, NH3, HI, O3

(D) NH3, HI, CO2, O3
ds22.4 y hVj , oaSO2 ds22.4 y hVj nksuksadks

STP i j , d l kFk fey k; k t k; s
A l YQj vo{ksi dhek=kk
j kl k; fud x.kukdsi fj .kkeLo: i gS:
H2S
(2H2S + SO2 3S + 2H2O)
8.
(A) 16 g
(B) 23 g
(C) 48 g
M
10 ml
FeSO4
10
(D) 96 g
dsfoy ; u dksKMnO4 foy ; u ds
l kFk vEy h; ek/; e esami pkfj r dj usi j

fey kusi j
i z;q
Dr KMnO4 dhek=kkgksxh-
with KMnO4 solution in acidic medium. The

amount of KMnO4 used will be (A) 5 ml of 0.1 M
(B) 10 ml of 0.1 M
(C) 10 m of 0.5 M
(D) 10 ml of 0.02 M
9.
R (R 1)
9.
(A) 5 ml of 0.1 M
(B) 10 ml of 0.1 M
(C) 10 m of 0.5 M
(D) 10 ml of 0.02 M
fuEu esal sdkS

ul k foy ; u fo| q
r /kkj k i zokfgr dj usi j
l okZ
f/kd i zfr j ks/kn' kkZ
, xk?
(A) 1 NNaCl
(C) 2 NNaCl
(B) 0.1 NNaCl

(D) 0.05 NNaCl

10.
11.
Page # 22
50 % of a zero order reaction completes in

10 minutes. 100 % of the same reaction shall
complete in (A) 5 min
(B) 10 min
(C) 20 min
(D) time
10.
Predict the product of the following reaction
11.
(A)
(C)
, d ' kw
U; dksfV vfHkf; kdk50 % 10 feuV esai w
. kZgksrk
gS
A vfHkf; kdk100 % i w
. kZgksxk(A) 5 min
(D) 20 min
(B) 10 min
(D) time
fuEu vfHkf; kesamRikn cr kb; s
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(B)
(D)
Page # 23
12.
The product Z of the following sequence of

reaction.
12.
fuEu vfHkf; ke esamRikn Z gS

A
p-Dy ks
j ksVkW
yq
bZ
u
p-chlorotoluene
Z
(I)
13.
(II)
(III)
(IV)
(II)
(III)
(A) I
(I)
(IV)
(B) II
(C) III
(A) I
(B) II
(C) III
(D) IV
In the reaction below, the product would be
13.
uhpsnhxbZvfHkf; kesamRikn gksxk

+ HCN
+ HCN
(A) A recemate
(B) Optically active
(C) A meso compound
(D) A mixture of the diastereomers
(A) j s
l sehd feJ.k
(B) i z
d kf' kd l f;
(C) , d ehl ks; kS
fxd
(D) foofj e l eko; oh; ks
adkfeJ.k
(D) IV

14.
Page # 24
What would be the principal product of

nitration of 2-bromoanisole ?
14.
16.
The principle product of the reaction between

methyl butanoate and 2 moles of CH3MgBr
after hydrolysis is :
(A) C3H7COCH3
(B) C3H7C(OH)(CH3)2
(C) C3H7CHOHCH3 (D) C3H7COCH(CH3)2
15.
What is product of Baeyer Villiger oxidation

below ?
16.
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
ukbVhdj .k dj kusi j eq
[ ; mRikn
(A) 2-ukbVks
, uhl ksy
(B) 2-cz
kseks-3-ukbVks,uhl ksy
(C) 2-cz
kseks-4-ukbVks,uhl ksy
(D) 2-cz
kseks-5- ukbVks,uhl ksy
(A) 2-nitroanisole
(B) 2-bromo-3-nitroanisole
(C) 2-bromo-4-nitroanisole
(D) 2-bromo-5- nitroanisole
15.
2-cz
kseks, uhl kW
y ij
gksxk?
esfFky C;w
Vsuks,V vkS
j 2 eksy CH3MgBr dhvfHkf; kr r ~
i ' pkr ~t y vi ?kVu dj kusi j eq
[ ; mRikn i zkIr gksxk:
(A) C3H7COCH3
(B) C3H7C(OH)(CH3)2
(C) C3H7CHOHCH3 (D) C3H7COCH(CH3)2
cs;j fofy xj vkW

Dl hdj .kmRikn gS?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
Page # 25
17.
Select the best statement for the situation

below :
17.
(A) This mixture gives an optical rotation of

zero.
(B) A will rotate plane polarized light in
clockwise direction.
(C) B will rotate plane polarized light in
clockwise direction.
(D) None of the above statement is true.
18.
Arrange the following in the increasing order

of stability
(A) D < B < C < A

(C) A < C < B < D
19.
(A) ; g feJ.ki z
d kf' kd ?kw
. kZ
u ' kw
U; nsrkgS
A
(B) A l er y /kq
zfor i zd k' kdksnf{k.kkor Z?kw
ekr kgS
A
(C) B l er y /kq
zohr i zd k' kdksnf{k.kkor Z?kw
er kgS
A
(D) mi j ks
Dr esal sdksbZHkhdFku l R; ughagS
A
18.
(B) D < C < B < A

(D) D < B = C < A
POCl3
(a) + H O ;
HCONHR Pyridine
2
(a) in the above reaction is

(A) RCH=NOH
(B) RN=C=O
(C) RCN
(D) RNC
fuEu dsfy , l okZ

f/kd l ghdFku cr kb; s:
fuEu dksmudsLFkkf; Ro dsc<+

r se esaO
; ofLFkr dhft ,
(A) D < B < C < A

(C) A < C < B < D
19.
(B) D < C < B < A

(D) D < B = C < A
POCl3
(a) + H O ;
HCONHR Pyridine
2
mi j ksDr vfHkf; kesa(a) gS

(A) RCH=NOH
(C) RCN
(B) RN=C=O
(D) RNC

20.
Page # 26
Match the List I with List II and pick the

correct matching from the codes given
below:
List I
List II
(Reactants)
(Products)
20.
fupsfn; sx; sLr EHkI dkLr EHkII dsfn; sx; sdw

Vksadsl kFk
l ghfey ku dhft ,
Lr EHkI
Lr EHkII
(vfH
kdeZ
d)
(mR
i kn)
ethanol
(A) RX + KCN
1.
ethanol
(A) RX + KCN
1.
(B) RX + CH3COOAg 2. RCN
(B) RX + CH3COOAg 2. RCN

LiAlH4
(C) CH3CN
(D)
(E) RNH2
LiAlH4
(C) CH3CN
3. CH3COOR
(E) RNH2
22.
5. RNC
5. RNC
(A) A3, B1, C2, D5, E4
(B) A2, B3, C4, D1, E5
(C) A3, B2, C1, D5, E4
(D) A5, B3, C2, D4, E1
(A) A3, B1, C2, D5, E4

(B) A2, B3, C4, D1, E5
(C) A3, B2, C1, D5, E4
(D) A5, B3, C2, D4, E1
21.
Hofmann ' s
4. CH3CH2NH2
degradation
(D)
Hofmann ' s
4. CH3CH2NH2
degradation
3. CH3COOR
Correct order of second ionization potential

of carbon, nitrogen, oxygen and fluorine is :
(A) O > F > N > C (B) F > O > N > C
(C) C > N > O > F (D) O > N > F > C
21.
The major role of fluorspar (CaF2) which is

added in small quantities in the electrolytic
reduction of alumina dissolved in fused
cryolite (Na3AlF6) is :
1. as a catalyst
2. to make the fused mixture very conducting
3. to lower the temperature of melt
4. to decrease the rate of xidation of carbon
at the anode
(A) 2,3 (B) 1,2
(C) 2,3,4
(D) 3,4
22.
dkcZ
u] ukbVkst u] vkd
Wl ht u vkS
j Dy ksjhu dsf} r h; vk; uu
t k dk l ghe gS:
(A) O > F > N > C (B) F > O > N > C
(C) C > N > O > F (D) O > N > F > C
dks(Na3AlF6) esafey kusdk eq

[ ; dkj .k D; k
gS
] t ksdh Al fo| q
r vi ?kVu mRiknu esai z;q
Dr gksrkgS
:
1. mR
i zsjd dhr j gA
2. foy ; u dksvf/kd pky d cukusdsfy , A
3. /kkr qdsr ki dksde dj usdsfy , A
4. dkcZ
u dsvkW
Dl hdj .kdks, uksMi j de dj usdsfy , A
CaF2
(A) 2,3
(B) 1,2
(C) 2,3,4
(D) 3,4
Page # 27
23.
Which alkali metal ion has lowest mobility in

aqueous solution ?
(A)
Rb(H2O)n
(C) Li(H2O)n
24.
(B)
23.
Cs(H2O)n
t yh; foy ; u esadkS

ul h{kkj h; /kkr qde xfr ' khy gksrhgS
?
(A) Rb(H2O)n
(B) Cs(H2O)n
(C) Li(H2O)n
(D) Na(H2O)n
(D) Na(H2O)n
KO2 dks' okl
y susdsmi dj .k esaO2 mRiUu dj usr Fkk
Potassium superoxide finds use in breathing

equipment and safeguards the user to
breathe in oxgen generated internally in the
apparatus and exposed to the toxic fumes
outside. The supply of oxygen is due to
1. Slow decomposition of KO2
2. Reaction of superoxide with moisture in
the exhaled air
3. Reaction of KO2 absorb CO2
(A) 1, 2 and 3 are correct
(B) 2 and 3 are correct
(C) 3 only is correct
(D) 1 and 2 only are correct
24.
25.
Ammonia can be dried over :

(A) conc. H2SO4
(B) P4O10
(C) CaO
(D) anhydrous CaCl2
25.
26.
The number of lone pair and the number of

SS bonds in S8 molecule are respectively :
(A) 8,8 (B) 16,8 (C) 8,16 (D) 8,4
26.
27.
The shape of O2F2 is similar to that of :

(A) C2F2 (B) H2O2 (C) H2F2 (D) C2H2
27.
O2F2 dhl a
j puk l eku gksrhgS:
(A) C2F2 (B) H2O2 (C) H2F2 (D) C2H2
28.
In perchloric acid, ClO bond contains :

(A) d-d bonding (B) pd bonding
(C) pp bonding (D) None of the above
28.
i j Dy ksjhd vEy esa

, ClO cU
/kj [ kr kgS
(A) d-d ca
/k
(B) pd ca
/k
(C) pp ca
/k
(D) bues
al sdksbZugha
vuq
i;q
Dr xS
l ksadksckgj fudky usesai z;q
Dr fd; kt kr kgS
]
D; ksa
fd
1. KO2 dk/khehxfr
2. KO2 uehl
l sVw
VukA
svfHkf; kdj dsO2 mRiUu dj r kgS

A
3. KO2 ] CO2 dksvo' kks

f"kr
(A) 1, 2
(B) 2
(C)
dj r kgS
A
r Fkk 3 l ghgS
r Fkk3 l ghgS
dsoy 3 l ghgS
(D) ds
oy 1 r Fkk2 l
ghgS
veksfu; kdks' kq
"d fd; kt kl dr kgS:
(A) conc. H2SO4
(C) CaO
(B) P4O10
(D) fut Z
y h; CaCl2
S8 ; kS
fxd
esavcU/khr by sDVkW
u;q
Xe dhl a
[ ; kr FkkSS
cU/k dhl a
[ ; ke' k%gS:
(A) 8,8
(B) 16,8 (C) 8,16 (D) 8,4

29.
30.
Page # 28
In whi c h of the fol l owi ng oct ahed ral

complexes of Co(at. no. 27), wi ll the
magnitude of 0 be highest ?
(A) [Co(NH3)6]3+ (B) [Co(CN)6]3
(C) [Co(C2O4)3]3 (D) [Co(H2O)6]3+
29.
The coordination number and the oxidation

state of the element 'E' in the complex
[E(en)2 (C2O4)] NO2 (where (en) is ethylene
diamine) are respectively :
(A) 6 and 3
(B) 6 and 2
(C) 4 and 2
(D) 4 and 3
30.
fuEu esal sfdl v"VQy dh; l a

dq
y Co esa0 dk eku
l okZ
f/kd gS(Co dki j ek.kqeka
d 27) ?
(A) [Co(NH3)6]3+ (B) [Co(CN)6]3
(C) [Co(C2O4)3]3 (D) [Co(H2O)6]3+
la
dq
y ; kS
fxd esar Ro 'E' dhl eUo; l a
[ ; kvkjSvkD
W
l hdj .k
voLFkke' k%gS
[E(en)2 (C2O4)] NO2 (t gk(en) , fFky hu Mkb, ehu)
e' k%gS:
(A) 6 r Fkk3
(B) 6 r Fkk2
(C) 4 r Fkk2
(D) 4 r Fkk3
2016 SAMPLE PAPER
SAMPLE TEST(4)

www.etoosindia.com
JEE Main 2016

Mathematics Sample Paper by MC Sir
Important Instruction.
1.
Immediately fill in the particulars on this page of the Test Booklet with Blue/Black Ball Point Pen. Use of pencil is
strictly prohibited.
2.
The Answer Sheet is kept inside this Test Booklet. When you are directed to open the Test Booklet, take out the Answer
Sheet and fill in the particulars carefully.
3.
The test is of 1 hours duration.
4.
The Test Booklet consists of 31 questions. The maximum marks are 124.
5.
There are Only One part in the question paper consisting of Mathematics having 31 questions in each part of equal
weightage. Each question is alloted 4 (four) marks for correct response.
6.
Candidates will be awarded marks as stated above in instruction No. 5 for correct response of each question. 1 4 (one
fourth) marks will be deducted for indicating incorrect response of each question. No deduction form the total score will
be made if no response is indicated for an item in the answer sheet.
7.
There is only one correct response for each question. Filling up more than one response in any question will be treated
as wrong response and marks for wrong response will be deducted accordingly as per instruction 6 above.
8.
Use Blue/Black Ball Point Pen only for wrinting particulars/making response on Side-1 and Side-2 of the Answer
Sheet. Use of pencil is strictly prohibited.
9.
No candidate is allowed to carry any textual material, printed or written, bits of papers, pager, mobile phone, any
electronicdivice etc. except the Admit Card inside the examination room/hall.
10.
Rough work is to be done on the space provided for this purpose in the Test Booklet only. This space is given at
the bottom of each page and in one page (i.e., Page 6) at the end of the booklet.
11.
On completion of the test, the candidate must have over the Answer Sheet to the Invigilator on duty in the Room/Hall.
However, the candidates are allowed to take away this Test Booklet with them.
12.
Do not fold or make any stray mark on the Answer Sheet.
Name of the Candidate (in Capital letters) : ____________________________________________

Role Number
: in figures
: in words ______________________________________________________
Examination Center Number :

Name of Examination Centre (in Capital letters) : _______________________________________
Candidate's Signature : ________________
1. Invigilator's Signature : __________________

2. Invigilator's Signature : __________________
ETOOS Education Pvt. Ltd. 3rd Floor, H.No.50 Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, Rajasthan 324005, Tel. 09214233303 | 09214233343 |
website : www.etoosindia.com
Read the following instruction carefully :

1.
The candidates should fill in the requried particulars on the Test Booklet and Answer Sheet (Side-1) with Blue/Black Ball Point
Pen.
2.
For writing/marking particulars on Side-2 of the Answer Sheet, use Blue/Black Point Pen only.
3.
The candidates should not write their Roll Numbers anywhere else (except in the specified space) on the Test Booklet/Answer
Sheet.
4.
Out of the four options given for each question, only one option is the correct answer.
5.
For each incorrect response, one-fourth 14 of the total marks allotted to the question would be deducted from the total score.
No deduction from the total score, however, will be made if no response in indicated for an item in the Answer Sheet.
6.
Handle the Test Booklet and Answer Sheet with care, as under no circumstance (except for discrepancy in Test Booklet code
and Answer Sheet Code), another set will be provided.
7.
The candidates are not allowed to do any rough work or writting work on the Answer Sheet. All calculations/writing work are
to be done in the space provided for this purpose in the Test Booklet itself, marked Space for Rough Work. This space is
given at the bottom of each page and in one page (i.e., Page 6) at the end of the booklet.
8.
On completion of the test, the candidates must hand over the Answer Sheet to the Invigilator on duty in the Room/Hall.
However, the candidates are allowed to take away this Test Booklet with them.
9.
Each candidate must show on demand his/her Admit Card to the Invigilator.
10.
No candidates should not leave the Examination Hall without handing over their Answer Sheet to the Invigilator on duty and
sign the Attendance Sheet again. Cases where a candidates has not signed the Attendance Sheet second time will be deemed not
to have handed over the Answer Sheet and dealt with as an unfair menas case. The candidates are also required to put their
left hand THUMB impression in the space provided in the Attendance Sheet.
12.
Use of Electronic/Manual Calculator and any Electronic device like mobile phone, pager etc. it prohibited.
13.
The candidates are governed by all Rules and Regulations of the JAB/Board with regard to their conduct in the Examination
Hall. All cases of unfair means will be dealt with as per Rules and Regulations of the JAB/Board.
14.
No part of the Test Booklet and Answer Sheet shall be detached under any circumstances.
15.
Candidates are not allowed to carry any textual material, printed or written, bits of papers, pager, mobile phone,
electronic device or any other material except the Admit Card inside the examination room/hall.
Mathematics
1.
The value of the expression 2(1 + ) (1 + )2 + 3(2 + 1) (22 + 1) + 4(3 + 1) (32 + 1) + ..... +
(n + 1) (n + 1) (n2 + 1) is
( is the cube root of unity)
(A)
n(n 1)
(B)
n
2
n 2 (n 1) 2
4
2
n(n 1)
(C)
n
2
(D) None of these
2.
The number of number pairs (x, y) which will satisfy the equation x2 xy + y2 = 4 (x + y 4) is
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 4
(D) None of these
3.
Value of L lim
1
n n 4
(A) 1/24
n n 1 n 2
1 k 2 k 3 k ..... n.1 is
k 1 k 1 k 1
(B) 1/12
(C) 1/6
4.
The number of divisors of 22 . 33 . 53 . 75 of the form 4n + 1, n N is

(A) 46
(B) 47
(C) 96
5.
If x
(D) 94
3 1 , then [x] is (where [x] denotes the greatest integer less than or equal to x)
(A) 2k, where k I

(C) 4n
6.
(D) 1/3
(B) 2k + 1, where k I
(D) 8n
Two number x and y are chosen at random from the set {1, 2, 3,......30}. The probability that x2 y2
is divisible by 3 is
(A) 3/29
(B) 4/29
(C) 5/29
(D) None of these
Space for Rough Work
www.etoosindia.com
3rd Floor, H.No.50 Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, Rajasthan 324005,Tel. 09214233303 |
09214233343 No.1 Online Coaching for IIT-JEE | PRE-MEDICAL | CBSE
7.
8.
a 4 5
The set of all values of a for which the function f (x)
1 x 3x log 5 decreases for all
1 a
real x is
(A) ( , )
3 21
(B) 4,
(1, )
2
27
(C) 3, 5 (2, )
2
(D) [1, )
1
(1 x)1/x e ex
2
The value of lim
is
x 0
x2
(A)
9.
11
e
24
(B)
11e
24
(C)
e
24
(D) None of these
Tangent are drawn from the origin to the curve y = sinx, then their point of contact lie on the curve
(A) x2 + y2 = 1
(B) x2 y2 = 1
(C)
1
1
2 1
2
x
y
(D)
1
1
2 1
2
y x
2[x]
3x [x]
dx , where [.] denotes the greatest integer function is
The value of the integral
2[x]
10
3x [x]
10.
(A) 0
(B) 10
(C) 10
(D) None of these
www.etoosindia.com
11.
The equation of a plane passing through the line of intersection of the planes x + 2y = 3,
y 2z + 1 = 0 and perpendicular to the first plane is
(A) 2x y 10z = 9
(B) 2x y 9z = 10
(C) 2x y + 10z = 11
(D) 2x y + 7z = 11
12.
If z1, z2, z3 C, iz3 + z2 z + i = 0, where i 1 then the area of triangle formed by z1, z2 and z3
is equal to
(A)
13.
1
2
(B)
The equation
(x 3)
(C) 2 2
(y 1) 2 }
(x 3)
(D)
1
2 2
(y 1) 2 } 6 represents
(A) an ellipse
(B) a pair of straight lines
(C) a circle
(D) a straight line joining the point (3, 1) to the point (3, 1)
14.
The length of the common chord of the ellipse

(x 1)2 + (y 2)2 = 1 is
(A) zero
(B) one
15.
(x 1)2 (y 2) 2
1 and the circle

9
4
(C) three
(D) eight
b and c are unit vectors satisfying a 3b c 0 , then the angle between the vectors a and
If a,
c is
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
www.etoosindia.com
16.
The system of linear equations x + y + z = 2, 2x + y z = 3, 3x + 2y + kz = 4 has a unique solution,

if
(A) 1 < k < 1
(B) 2 < k < 2
(C) k 0
(D) k = 0
17.
If the sum of the series

2
4
1
25 24 23 23 ..... is maximum, then
5
5
5
(A) lest term of the series is 0
1
5
(D) number of terms of the series are 40
(B) last term of the series is
(C) number of terms of the series are 42

18.
The contrapositive of the conditional If Gopal works hard, then he gets a first class is
(A) If Gopal get a first class, then he does not works hard
(B) If Gopal does not get a first class, then he works hard
(C) If Gopal does not get a first class, then he does not work hard
(D) If Gopal does not work hard, then he does not get a first class.
19.
If A be a 3 3 matrix with real entries such that det. (adj A) = 16, then det. (adj(adj A)) is equal to
(A) 16
(B) 64
(C) 256
(D) 512
20.
A common tangent to the conics x2 = 6y and 2x2 4y2 = 9 is

(A) x + y = 1
21.
(B) x y =1
(C) x + y =
9
2
(D) x y =
3
2
A tangent to the hyperbola x2 2y2 = 4 meets x-axis at P and y-axis at Q. Line QR are drawn such
that OPRQ is a rectangel (where O is origin). The locus of R is
(A)
4
2
2 1
2
x
y
(B)
4
2
2 1
2
x
y
(C)
2
4
2 1
2
x
y
(D)
2
4
2 1
2
x
y
www.etoosindia.com
22.
The solution of differentiable equation 2ysin x

(A) y2 = 1 + cosx
23.
24.
25.
Let A {1, 2, 3, 4}. The number of different ordered pairs (B, C) that can be formed such that B A,
C A and B C is empty is
(A) 42
(B) 34
(C) 43
(D) 24
B
If two events A and B are such that P(A ' ) = 0.3, P(B) = 0.4 and P(A B ' ) = 0.5, then P
AB
equals
3
5
1
3
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
4
6
4
7
Let Q be the foot of perpendicular from the origin to the plane 4x 3y + z + 13 = 0 and R be a point
(1, 1, 6) on the plane. The length QR is
(A) 3
26.
(B) y = sin2x
dy

sin 2x y2 cos x , satisfying y 1 is
dx
2
2
2
(C) y sinx = 1 + cosx (D) y = sinx
7
2
(B) 14
(C)
19
2
(D)
3
2
x x 2
ax b
If the function f (x) x 2 5x 6 2 x 3
px 2 qx 1 3 x
is differentiabl in ( , ) , then
(A) a 1, p
(C) a = 1, b = 2
4
9
(B) b 2, q
5
3
(D) a = 1, q
5
3
www.etoosindia.com
27.
x5 x 4
5 has
20 12
(A) no local extremum, one point of inflection
(B) two local maximum, one local minimum, two point of inflection
(C) one local maximum, one local minimum, one point of inflection
(D) one local maximum, one local minimum, two point of inflection
The graph of function f (x)
/4
28.
sin x d(x [x])
is equal to (where [.] denote the greatest integer function)
(B) 1
(A) 1/2
29.
1
2
(C) 1
(D) None of these
Consider the integrals

1
I1 e x cos 2 x dx,
0
I3 e x dx
0
and
I 2 e x cos2 x dx,
2
I 4 e x /2 dx
0
Let I be the greatest integral among I1, I2, I3, I4, then
(A) I = I1
(B) I = I2
(C) I = I3
30.
If y = f(x) passing through (1, 2) satisfies the differential equation y(1 + xy) dx x dy = 0, then
(A) f (x)
31.
(D) I = I4
2x
2 x2
(B) f (x)
x 1
x2 1
(C) f (x)
x 4
4 x2
(D) f (x)
4x
1 2x 2
Equation of the circle cutting orthogonally the three circles

x2 + y2 2x + 3y 7 = 0, x2 + y2 + 5x 5y + 9 = 0 and x2 + y2 + 7x 9y + 29 = 0 is
(A) x2 + y2 16x 18y 4 = 0
(B) x2 + y2 7x + 11y + 6 = 0
2
2
(C) x + y + 2x 8y + 9 = 0
(D) None of these
www.etoosindia.com

Mock Test Jee Main

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Mock Test Jee Main

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ETOOS & MOTION

Max. Marks : 360

Booklet Test Code

For example if only 'A' choice is For example If Correct match

the wrong method for filling the

The answer of the questions in

Ensure that all columns are filled.

SAMPLE PAPER - 1 (JEE-Main)

[STRAIGHT OBJECTIVE TYPE]

iz-.1 lsiz-.30 rd pkj fodYi (A), (B), (C), (D) fn;s gS

If [x]2 + [x 2] < 0 and {x} =

Which one of the following best represent

number of possible values of x, is

;fn [x]2 + [x 2] < 0 rFkk {x} =

rjhds lsfu:fir djrk gS \

SAMPLE PAPER - 1 (JEE-Main)

The value of x satisfying the equation

dkslUrq"Vdjus okys x dkekucjkcjgS

;fn lehdj.k sin 2 + cos 2 = p dk ,d gy gks,

If the equation sin 2 + cos 2 = p

SAMPLE PAPER - 1 (JEE-Main)

If cos2 x (c 1) cos x + 2c 6 for every

x R, then the true set of values of c is

If , be the roots of 4x2 17x + = 0,

;fn izR;sd xR ds fy,

;fn , lehdj.k 4x2 17x + = 0, R ds

R such that 1 < < 2 and 2 < < 3,

ewy bl izdkj gaS fd 1< <2 rFkk 2< <3gSa,rks

then the number of integral values of is

If the cubic equation x3 + 2x2 4x + 5 = 0

;fn ?kuh; lehdj.k x3 + 2x2 4x + 5 = 0 ds ewy

and , then the value of

Let f (x) = ax2 + bx + c, where a, b, c R

ekuk f (x) = ax2 + bx + c, tgk a, b, c R

and a 0. If a2 + c2 b2 + 2ac < 0 then

rFkk a 0 gSaA ;fn a2 + c2 b2 + 2ac < 0 gks,

the equation f (x) = 0 has

rks lehdj.k f (x) = 0 ds

(A) roots real and equal

(B) non-real roots

(C) both roots greater than unity

(D) roots real and unequal

SAMPLE PAPER - 1 (JEE-Main)

The graph of y = f (x) is shown in figure

fuEu esa ls dkSulk y = f(| x|) ds vkjs[k dk lcls

Which of the following best represent the

y=f(x) dk vkjs[k n'kkZ;k x;k gS

(SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK)

SAMPLE PAPER - 1 (JEE-Main)

A cubic polynomial P(x) is such that

,d ?kuh; cgqin P(x) bl izdkj gS fd

If f (x) is injective then 'k' can be equal to

;fn f (x) ,dSdh gS rc'k' cjkcj gksxkA

Let xi (i = 1, 2 ..... n) be the roots of the

equation xn + 3xn1 + 5xn2 + .... + 2n+1 = 0

ekuk xi (i = 1, 2 ..... n) lehdj.k xn + 3xn1 +

ewy gS rFkkf (x)= ax2

and f (x) = ax2 + bx + c = 0 (a, b, c R & a 0)

(A)ges'kk _.kkRed ;fnnfo"ke gS

(B) always positive if n is odd

(C) may be positive or negative if n is odd

(D) may be negative or positive if n is even

(D) /kukRed rFkk _.kkRed gksxk ;fnnle gS

Suppose f(x) = x2 2x. The value of